[Rev. 10/12/2015 2:17:48 PM]

Link to Page 3700

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3701ê

 

CHAPTER 536, SB 508

Senate Bill No. 508–Committee on Finance

 

CHAPTER 536

 

[Approved: June 11, 2015]

 

AN ACT relating to education; revising provisions governing the Nevada Plan; removing the provisions requiring a single annual count of pupils enrolled in public schools and requiring school districts to make quarterly reports of average daily enrollment; prospectively removing the provision of funding through the use of special education program units and including a multiplier to the basic support guarantee for pupils with disabilities; revising provisions governing the inclusion of pupils enrolled in kindergarten; revising provisions governing the hold harmless provisions for school districts and charter schools; creating the Contingency Account for Special Education; revising provisions governing certain persons with disabilities; requiring the Department of Education to develop a plan for implementing a multiplier to the basic support guarantee for certain categories of pupils; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.

Legislative Counsel’s Digest:

      Existing law establishes the Nevada Plan and declares that “the proper objective of state financial aid to public education is to ensure each Nevada child a reasonably equal educational opportunity.” (NRS 387.121) To accomplish this objective, the Legislature establishes, during each legislative session and for each school year of the biennium, an estimated statewide average basic support guarantee per pupil for each school district and the basic support guarantee for each special education program unit. (NRS 387.122, 387.1221) The basic support guarantee for each school district is computed by multiplying the basic support guarantee per pupil that is established by law for the school district for each school year by pupil enrollment and adding funding for special education program units. (NRS 387.1221-387.1233; see, e.g., chapter 382, Statutes of Nevada 2013, p. 2053) The calculation of basic support is based upon the count of pupils enrolled in public schools of the school district on the last day of the first school month of the school district, commonly referred to as “the count day.” Under existing law, pupils enrolled in kindergarten are counted as six-tenths the count of pupils who are enrolled in grades 1 to 12, inclusive. (NRS 387.1233)

      Section 4 of this bill expresses the intent of the Legislature, commencing with Fiscal Year 2016-2017, to provide additional resources to the Nevada Plan expressed as a multiplier of the basic support guarantee to meet the unique needs of certain categories of pupils, including, without limitation, pupils with disabilities, pupils who are limited English proficient, pupils who are at risk and gifted and talented pupils. (NRS 387.121) Section 9 of this bill removes “the count day” and instead requires the school districts to report to the Department of Education “average daily enrollment,” which is defined in section 5 of this bill, on a quarterly basis. (NRS 387.1211) Section 9 also requires the Department to prescribe a process to reconcile the quarterly reports of average daily enrollment to account for pupils who leave the school district or a public school during the school year. Section 11 of this bill removes, effective July 1, 2017, the requirement that pupils enrolled in kindergarten be counted as six-tenths and instead includes those pupils in the regular reporting of average daily enrollment with the pupils enrolled in grades 1 to 12, inclusive.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3702 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

      Section 30 of this bill repeals, effective July 1, 2016, the provision of funding for special education through special education program units and instead section 7 of this bill requires that the basic support guarantee per pupil for each school district include a multiplier for pupils with disabilities. (NRS 387.1221, 387.122) Section 24 of this bill creates the Contingency Account for Special Education Services and requires the State Board of Education to adopt regulations for the application, approval and disbursement of money to reimburse the school districts and charter schools for extraordinary program expenses and related services for pupils with significant disabilities.

      Under existing law, if the enrollment of pupils in a school district or a charter school that is located in the school district on the count day is less than or equal to 95 percent of the enrollment of pupils in the same school district or charter school for the immediately preceding school year, the largest number from the immediately preceding 2 school years must be used for apportionment purposes to the school district or charter school, commonly referred to as the “hold harmless provision.” (NRS 387.1233) Section 9 of this bill revises this hold harmless provision so that if the enrollment of pupils in a school district or charter school based upon the average daily enrollment during the quarter is less than or equal to 95 percent of the enrollment of pupils in the same school district or charter school during the same quarter of the immediately preceding school year, the enrollment of pupils during the quarter in the immediately preceding school year must be used for purposes of apportioning money to the school district or charter school. Also under existing law, there is a hold harmless provision if a school district or a charter school has an enrollment of pupils on count day that is more than 95 percent of the enrollment of pupils in the same school district or charter school for the immediately preceding school year, the larger enrollment number from the current school year or the immediately preceding school year must be used for apportioning money to the school district or charter school. (NRS 387.1233) Section 9 removes this hold harmless provision.

      Section 28 of this bill requires the Department of Education to develop a plan as soon as practicable to provide additional resources to the Nevada Plan expressed as a multiplier of the basic support guarantee to meet the unique needs of pupils with disabilities, pupils who are limited English proficient, pupils who are at risk and gifted and talented pupils. The plan must include: (1) the amount of the multiplier for each such category of pupils; and (2) the date by which the plan should be implemented or phased in, with full implementation occurring not later than Fiscal Year 2021-2022. Section 28 further requires the Department to submit the plan to the Legislative Committee on Education for its review and consideration during the 2015-2016 interim and requires the Committee to submit a report on the plan on or before October 1, 2016, to the Governor and the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmittal to the 79th Session of the Nevada Legislature. Section 28 also requires the Superintendent of Public Instruction to submit a report on or before October 1, 2016, to the Governor and the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmittal to the 79th Session of the Nevada Legislature that includes: (1) the per pupil expenditures associated with legislative appropriations for pupils with disabilities, pupils who are limited English proficient, pupils who are at risk and gifted and talented pupils; and (2) any recommendations for legislation to address the unique needs of those pupils. Section 29 of this bill provides for the allocation of funding for pupils with disabilities for Fiscal Year 2016-2017.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3703 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

EXPLANATION – Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between brackets [omitted material] is material to be omitted.

 

THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN

SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:

 

      Section 1. NRS 386.513 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      386.513  1.  The State Public Charter School Authority is hereby deemed a local educational agency for the purpose of directing the proportionate share of any money available from federal and state categorical grant programs to charter schools which are sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority or a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education that are eligible to receive such money. A charter school that receives money pursuant to such a grant program shall comply with any applicable reporting requirements to receive the grant.

      2.  [If the charter school is eligible to receive special education program units, the Department shall pay the special education program units directly to the charter school.

      3.]  As used in this section, “local educational agency” has the meaning ascribed to it in 20 U.S.C. § 7801(26)(A).

      Sec. 2. NRS 386.570 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      386.570  1.  Each pupil who is enrolled in a charter school, including, without limitation, a pupil who is enrolled in a program of special education in a charter school, must be included in the count of pupils in the school district for the purposes of apportionments and allowances from the State Distributive School Account pursuant to NRS 387.121 to 387.126, inclusive, unless the pupil is exempt from compulsory attendance pursuant to NRS 392.070. A charter school is entitled to receive its proportionate share of any other money available from federal, state or local sources that the school or the pupils who are enrolled in the school are eligible to receive. If a charter school receives special education program units directly from this State, the amount of money for special education that the school district pays to the charter school may be reduced proportionately by the amount of money the charter school received from this State for that purpose. The State Board shall prescribe a process which ensures that all charter schools, regardless of the sponsor, have information about all sources of funding for the public schools provided through the Department, including local funds pursuant to NRS 387.1235.

      2.  All money received by the charter school from this State or from the board of trustees of a school district must be deposited in an account with a bank, credit union or other financial institution in this State. The governing body of a charter school may negotiate with the board of trustees of the school district and the State Board for additional money to pay for services which the governing body wishes to offer.

      3.  Upon completion of each school quarter, the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall pay to the sponsor of a charter school one-quarter of the yearly sponsorship fee for the administrative costs associated with sponsorship for that school quarter, which must be deducted from the quarterly apportionment to the charter school made pursuant to NRS 387.124. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 4, the yearly sponsorship fee for the sponsor of a charter school must be in an amount of money not to exceed 2 percent of the total amount of money apportioned to the charter school during the school year pursuant to NRS 387.124.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3704 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

      4.  If the governing body of a charter school satisfies the requirements of this subsection, the governing body may submit a request to the sponsor of the charter school for approval of a sponsorship fee in an amount that is less than 2 percent but at least 1 percent of the total amount of money apportioned to the charter school during the school year pursuant to NRS 387.124. The sponsor of the charter school shall approve such a request if the sponsor of the charter school determines that the charter school satisfies the requirements of this subsection. If the sponsor of the charter school approves such a request, the sponsor shall provide notice of the decision to the governing body of the charter school and the Superintendent of Public Instruction. If the sponsor of the charter school denies such a request, the governing body of the charter school may appeal the decision of the sponsor to the Superintendent of Public Instruction. Upon appeal, the sponsor of the charter school and the governing body of the charter school are entitled to present evidence. The decision of the Superintendent of Public Instruction on the appeal is final and is not subject to judicial review. The governing body of a charter school may submit a request for a reduction of the sponsorship fee pursuant to this subsection if:

      (a) The charter school satisfies the requirements of subsection 1 of NRS 386.5515; and

      (b) There has been a decrease in the duties of the sponsor of the charter school that justifies a decrease in the sponsorship fee.

      5.  To determine the amount of money for distribution to a charter school in its first year of operation, the count of pupils who are enrolled in the charter school must initially be determined 30 days before the beginning of the school year of the school district, based on the number of pupils whose applications for enrollment have been approved by the charter school. The count of pupils who are enrolled in the charter school must be revised [on the last day of the first school month of the school district in which the charter school is located for the school year,] each quarter based on the [actual number] average daily enrollment of pupils [who are enrolled] in the charter school [.] that is reported for that quarter pursuant to NRS 387.1233. Pursuant to subsection 5 of NRS 387.124, the governing body of a charter school may request that the apportionments made to the charter school in its first year of operation be paid to the charter school 30 days before the apportionments are otherwise required to be made.

      6.  If a charter school ceases to operate as a charter school during a school year, the remaining apportionments that would have been made to the charter school pursuant to NRS 387.124 for that year must be paid on a proportionate basis to the school districts where the pupils who were enrolled in the charter school reside.

      7.  The governing body of a charter school may solicit and accept donations, money, grants, property, loans, personal services or other assistance for purposes relating to education from members of the general public, corporations or agencies. The governing body may comply with applicable federal laws and regulations governing the provision of federal grants for charter schools. The State Public Charter School Authority may assist a charter school that operates exclusively for the enrollment of pupils who receive special education in identifying sources of money that may be available from the Federal Government or this State for the provision of educational programs and services to such pupils.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3705 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

      Sec. 3. NRS 386.570 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      386.570  1.  Each pupil who is enrolled in a charter school, including, without limitation, a pupil who is enrolled in a program of special education in a charter school, must be included in the count of pupils in the school district for the purposes of apportionments and allowances from the State Distributive School Account pursuant to NRS 387.121 to 387.126, inclusive, unless the pupil is exempt from compulsory attendance pursuant to NRS 392.070. A charter school is entitled to receive its proportionate share of any other money available from federal, state or local sources that the school or the pupils who are enrolled in the school are eligible to receive. [If a charter school receives special education program units directly from this State, the amount of money for special education that the school district pays to the charter school may be reduced proportionately by the amount of money the charter school received from this State for that purpose.] The State Board shall prescribe a process which ensures that all charter schools, regardless of the sponsor, have information about all sources of funding for the public schools provided through the Department, including local funds pursuant to NRS 387.1235.

      2.  All money received by the charter school from this State or from the board of trustees of a school district must be deposited in an account with a bank, credit union or other financial institution in this State. The governing body of a charter school may negotiate with the board of trustees of the school district and the State Board for additional money to pay for services which the governing body wishes to offer.

      3.  Upon completion of each school quarter, the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall pay to the sponsor of a charter school one-quarter of the yearly sponsorship fee for the administrative costs associated with sponsorship for that school quarter, which must be deducted from the quarterly apportionment to the charter school made pursuant to NRS 387.124. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 4, the yearly sponsorship fee for the sponsor of a charter school must be in an amount of money not to exceed 2 percent of the total amount of money apportioned to the charter school during the school year pursuant to NRS 387.124.

      4.  If the governing body of a charter school satisfies the requirements of this subsection, the governing body may submit a request to the sponsor of the charter school for approval of a sponsorship fee in an amount that is less than 2 percent but at least 1 percent of the total amount of money apportioned to the charter school during the school year pursuant to NRS 387.124. The sponsor of the charter school shall approve such a request if the sponsor of the charter school determines that the charter school satisfies the requirements of this subsection. If the sponsor of the charter school approves such a request, the sponsor shall provide notice of the decision to the governing body of the charter school and the Superintendent of Public Instruction. If the sponsor of the charter school denies such a request, the governing body of the charter school may appeal the decision of the sponsor to the Superintendent of Public Instruction. Upon appeal, the sponsor of the charter school and the governing body of the charter school are entitled to present evidence. The decision of the Superintendent of Public Instruction on the appeal is final and is not subject to judicial review. The governing body of a charter school may submit a request for a reduction of the sponsorship fee pursuant to this subsection if:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3706 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

      (a) The charter school satisfies the requirements of subsection 1 of NRS 386.5515; and

      (b) There has been a decrease in the duties of the sponsor of the charter school that justifies a decrease in the sponsorship fee.

      5.  To determine the amount of money for distribution to a charter school in its first year of operation, the count of pupils who are enrolled in the charter school must initially be determined 30 days before the beginning of the school year of the school district, based on the number of pupils whose applications for enrollment have been approved by the charter school. The count of pupils who are enrolled in the charter school must be revised each quarter based on the average daily enrollment of pupils in the charter school that is reported pursuant to NRS 387.1233. Pursuant to subsection 5 of NRS 387.124, the governing body of a charter school may request that the apportionments made to the charter school in its first year of operation be paid to the charter school 30 days before the apportionments are otherwise required to be made.

      6.  If a charter school ceases to operate as a charter school during a school year, the remaining apportionments that would have been made to the charter school pursuant to NRS 387.124 for that year must be paid on a proportionate basis to the school districts where the pupils who were enrolled in the charter school reside.

      7.  The governing body of a charter school may solicit and accept donations, money, grants, property, loans, personal services or other assistance for purposes relating to education from members of the general public, corporations or agencies. The governing body may comply with applicable federal laws and regulations governing the provision of federal grants for charter schools. The State Public Charter School Authority may assist a charter school that operates exclusively for the enrollment of pupils who receive special education in identifying sources of money that may be available from the Federal Government or this State for the provision of educational programs and services to such pupils.

      Sec. 4. NRS 387.121 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.121  1.  The Legislature declares that the proper objective of state financial aid to public education is to ensure each Nevada child a reasonably equal educational opportunity. Recognizing wide local variations in wealth and costs per pupil, this State should supplement local financial ability to whatever extent necessary in each school district to provide programs of instruction in both compulsory and elective subjects that offer full opportunity for every Nevada child to receive the benefit of the purposes for which public schools are maintained. Therefore, the quintessence of the State’s financial obligation for such programs can be expressed in a formula partially on a per pupil basis and partially on a per program basis as: State financial aid to school districts equals the difference between school district basic support guarantee and local available funds produced by mandatory taxes minus all the local funds attributable to pupils who reside in the county but attend a charter school or a university school for profoundly gifted pupils. This formula is designated the Nevada Plan.

      2.  It is the intent of the Legislature, commencing with Fiscal Year 2016-2017, to provide additional resources to the Nevada Plan expressed as a multiplier of the basic support guarantee to meet the unique needs of certain categories of pupils, including, without limitation, pupils with disabilities, pupils who are limited English proficient, pupils who are at risk and gifted and talented pupils.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3707 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

risk and gifted and talented pupils. As used in this subsection, “pupils who are at risk” means pupils who are eligible for free or reduced-price lunch pursuant to 42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq., or an alternative measure prescribed by the State Board of Education.

      Sec. 5. NRS 387.1211 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.1211  As used in NRS 387.121 to 387.126, inclusive:

      1.  “Average daily attendance” means the total number of pupils attending a particular school each day during a period of reporting divided by the number of days school is in session during that period.

      2.  “Average daily enrollment” means the total number of pupils enrolled in and scheduled to attend a public school in a specific school district during a period of reporting divided by the number of days school is in session during that period.

      3.  “Enrollment” means the count of pupils enrolled in and scheduled to attend programs of instruction of a school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils at a specified time during the school year.

      [3.] 4.  “Special education program unit” means an organized unit of special education and related services which includes full-time services of persons licensed by the Superintendent of Public Instruction or other appropriate licensing body, providing a program of instruction in accordance with minimum standards prescribed by the State Board.

      Sec. 6. NRS 387.1211 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.1211  As used in NRS 387.121 to 387.126, inclusive:

      1.  “Average daily attendance” means the total number of pupils attending a particular school each day during a period of reporting divided by the number of days school is in session during that period.

      2.  “Average daily enrollment” means the total number of pupils enrolled in and scheduled to attend a public school in a specific school district during a period of reporting divided by the number of days school is in session during that period.

      3.  “Enrollment” means the count of pupils enrolled in and scheduled to attend programs of instruction of a school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils at a specified time during the school year.

      [4.  “Special education program unit” means an organized unit of special education and related services which includes full-time services of persons licensed by the Superintendent of Public Instruction or other appropriate licensing body, providing a program of instruction in accordance with minimum standards prescribed by the State Board.]

      Sec. 7. NRS 387.122 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.122  1.  For making the apportionments of the State Distributive School Account in the State General Fund required by the provisions of this title, the basic support guarantee per pupil for each school district and the basic support guarantee for each special education program unit maintained and operated during at least 9 months of a school year are established by law for each school year. The formula for calculating the basic support guarantee may be expressed as an estimated weighted average per pupil, based on the total expenditures for public education in the immediately preceding even-numbered fiscal year, plus any legislative appropriations for the immediately succeeding biennium, minus those local funds not guaranteed by the State pursuant to NRS 387.1235.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3708 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

      2.  The estimated weighted average per pupil for the State must be calculated as a basic support guarantee for each school district through an equity allocation model that incorporates:

      (a) Factors relating to wealth in the school district;

      (b) Salary costs;

      (c) Transportation; and

      (d) Any other factor determined by the Superintendent of Public Instruction after consultation with the school districts and the State Public Charter School Authority.

      3.  Not later than July 1 of each even-numbered year, the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall review and, if necessary, revise the factors used for the equity allocation model adopted for the previous biennium and present the review and any revisions at a meeting of the Legislative Committee on Education for consideration and recommendations by the Committee. After the meeting, the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall consider any recommendations of the Legislative Committee on Education, determine whether to include those recommendations in the equity allocation model and adopt the model. The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall submit the equity allocation model to the:

      (a) Governor for inclusion in the proposed executive budget.

      (b) Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmittal to the next regular session of the Legislature.

      4.  The Department shall make available updated information regarding the equity allocation model on the Internet website maintained by the Department.

      Sec. 8. NRS 387.122 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.122  1.  For making the apportionments of the State Distributive School Account in the State General Fund required by the provisions of this title, the basic support guarantee per pupil for each school district [and the basic support guarantee for each special education program unit maintained and operated during at least 9 months of a school year are] is established by law for each school year. The formula for calculating the basic support guarantee may be expressed as an estimated weighted average per pupil, based on the total expenditures for public education in the immediately preceding even-numbered fiscal year, plus any legislative appropriations for the immediately succeeding biennium, minus those local funds not guaranteed by the State pursuant to NRS 387.1235.

      2.  The estimated weighted average per pupil for the State must be calculated as a basic support guarantee for each school district through an equity allocation model that incorporates:

      (a) Factors relating to wealth in the school district;

      (b) Salary costs;

      (c) Transportation; and

      (d) Any other factor determined by the Superintendent of Public Instruction after consultation with the school districts and the State Public Charter School Authority.

      3.  The basic support guarantee per pupil must include a multiplier for pupils with disabilities. Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, the funding provided to each school district and charter school through the multiplier for pupils with disabilities is limited to the actual number of pupils with disabilities enrolled in the school district or charter school, not to exceed 13 percent of total pupil enrollment for the school district or charter school.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3709 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

to exceed 13 percent of total pupil enrollment for the school district or charter school. If a school district or charter school has reported an enrollment of pupils with disabilities equal to more than 13 percent of total pupil enrollment, the school district or charter school must receive an amount of money necessary to satisfy the requirements for maintenance of effort under federal law.

      4.  Not later than July 1 of each even-numbered year, the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall review and, if necessary, revise the factors used for the equity allocation model adopted for the previous biennium and present the review and any revisions at a meeting of the Legislative Committee on Education for consideration and recommendations by the Committee. After the meeting, the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall consider any recommendations of the Legislative Committee on Education, determine whether to include those recommendations in the equity allocation model and adopt the model. The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall submit the equity allocation model to the :

      (a) Governor for inclusion in the proposed executive budget.

      (b) Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmittal to the next regular session of the Legislature.

      5.  The Department shall make available updated information regarding the equity allocation model on the Internet website maintained by the Department.

      Sec. 9. NRS 387.1233 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.1233  1.  On or before October 1, January 1, April 1 and July 1, each school district shall report to the Department, in the form prescribed by the Department, the average daily enrollment of pupils pursuant to this section for the immediately preceding quarter of the school year.

      2.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection [2,] 3, basic support of each school district must be computed by:

      (a) Multiplying the basic support guarantee per pupil established for that school district for that school year by the sum of:

             (1) Six-tenths the count of pupils enrolled in the kindergarten department [on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year,] , based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter, including, without limitation, the count of pupils who reside in the county and are enrolled in any charter school . [on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year.]

             (2) The count of pupils enrolled in grades 1 to 12, inclusive, [on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year,] , based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter, including, without limitation, the count of pupils who reside in the county and are enrolled in any charter school [on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year] and the count of pupils who are enrolled in a university school for profoundly gifted pupils located in the county.

             (3) The count of pupils not included under subparagraph (1) or (2) who are enrolled full-time in a program of distance education provided by that school district or a charter school located within that school district [on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year.] , based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter.

             (4) The count of pupils who reside in the county and are enrolled:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3710 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

                   (I) In a public school of the school district and are concurrently enrolled part-time in a program of distance education provided by another school district or a charter school [on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year,] , based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter and expressed as a percentage of the total time services are provided to those pupils per school day in proportion to the total time services are provided during a school day to pupils who are counted pursuant to subparagraph (2).

                   (II) In a charter school and are concurrently enrolled part-time in a program of distance education provided by a school district or another charter school [on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year,] , based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter and expressed as a percentage of the total time services are provided to those pupils per school day in proportion to the total time services are provided during a school day to pupils who are counted pursuant to subparagraph (2).

             (5) The count of pupils not included under subparagraph (1), (2), (3) or (4), who are receiving special education pursuant to the provisions of NRS 388.440 to 388.520, inclusive, [on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year,] based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter and excluding the count of pupils who have not attained the age of 5 years and who are receiving special education pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 388.475 . [on that day.]

             (6) Six-tenths the count of pupils who have not attained the age of 5 years and who are receiving special education pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 388.475 [on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year.] , based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter.

             (7) The count of children detained in facilities for the detention of children, alternative programs and juvenile forestry camps receiving instruction pursuant to the provisions of NRS 388.550, 388.560 and 388.570 [on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year.] , based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter.

             (8) The count of pupils who are enrolled in classes for at least one semester pursuant to subsection 5 of NRS 386.560, subsection 5 of NRS 386.580 or subsection 3 of NRS 392.070, based on the average daily enrollment of pupils during the quarter and expressed as a percentage of the total time services are provided to those pupils per school day in proportion to the total time services are provided during a school day to pupils who are counted pursuant to subparagraph (2).

      (b) Multiplying the number of special education program units maintained and operated by the amount per program established for that school year.

      (c) Adding the amounts computed in paragraphs (a) and (b).

      [2.] 3.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 4, if the enrollment of pupils in a school district or a charter school that is located within the school district on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year is less than or equal to 95 percent of the enrollment of pupils in the same school district or charter school on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the immediately preceding school year, the [largest number from among the] immediately preceding [2] school [years] year must be used for purposes of apportioning money from the State Distributive School Account to that school district or charter school pursuant to NRS 387.124.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3711 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

[years] year must be used for purposes of apportioning money from the State Distributive School Account to that school district or charter school pursuant to NRS 387.124.

      [3.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 4, if the enrollment of pupils in a school district or a charter school that is located within the school district on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year is more than 95 percent of the enrollment of pupils in the same school district or charter school on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the immediately preceding school year, the larger enrollment number from the current year or the immediately preceding school year must be used for purposes of apportioning money from the State Distributive School Account to that school district or charter school pursuant to NRS 387.124.]

      4.  If the Department determines that a school district or charter school deliberately causes a decline in the enrollment of pupils in the school district or charter school to receive a higher apportionment pursuant to subsection 2 , [or 3,] including, without limitation, by eliminating grades or moving into smaller facilities, the enrollment number from the current school year must be used for purposes of apportioning money from the State Distributive School Account to that school district or charter school pursuant to NRS 387.124.

      5.  The Department shall prescribe a process for reconciling the quarterly reports submitted pursuant to subsection 1 to account for pupils who leave the school district or a public school during the school year.

      6.  Pupils who are excused from attendance at examinations or have completed their work in accordance with the rules of the board of trustees must be credited with attendance during that period.

      [6.] 7.  Pupils who are incarcerated in a facility or institution operated by the Department of Corrections must not be counted for the purpose of computing basic support pursuant to this section. The average daily attendance for such pupils must be reported to the Department of Education.

      [7.] 8.  Pupils who are enrolled in courses which are approved by the Department as meeting the requirements for an adult to earn a high school diploma must not be counted for the purpose of computing basic support pursuant to this section.

      Sec. 10. NRS 387.1233 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.1233  1.  On or before October 1, January 1, April 1 and July 1, each school district shall report to the Department, in the form prescribed by the Department, the average daily enrollment of pupils pursuant to this section for the immediately preceding quarter of the school year.

      2.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 3, basic support of each school district must be computed by:

      (a) Multiplying the basic support guarantee per pupil established for that school district for that school year by the sum of:

             (1) Six-tenths the count of pupils enrolled in the kindergarten department, based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter, including, without limitation, the count of pupils who reside in the county and are enrolled in any charter school.

             (2) The count of pupils enrolled in grades 1 to 12, inclusive, based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter, including, without limitation, the count of pupils who reside in the county and are enrolled in any charter school and the count of pupils who are enrolled in a university school for profoundly gifted pupils located in the county.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3712 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

enrolled in any charter school and the count of pupils who are enrolled in a university school for profoundly gifted pupils located in the county.

             (3) The count of pupils not included under subparagraph (1) or (2) who are enrolled full-time in a program of distance education provided by that school district or a charter school located within that school district, based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter.

             (4) The count of pupils who reside in the county and are enrolled:

                   (I) In a public school of the school district and are concurrently enrolled part-time in a program of distance education provided by another school district or a charter school, based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter and expressed as a percentage of the total time services are provided to those pupils per school day in proportion to the total time services are provided during a school day to pupils who are counted pursuant to subparagraph (2).

                   (II) In a charter school and are concurrently enrolled part-time in a program of distance education provided by a school district or another charter school, based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter and expressed as a percentage of the total time services are provided to those pupils per school day in proportion to the total time services are provided during a school day to pupils who are counted pursuant to subparagraph (2).

             (5) The count of pupils not included under subparagraph (1), (2), (3) or (4), who are receiving special education pursuant to the provisions of NRS 388.440 to 388.520, inclusive, based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter and excluding the count of pupils who have not attained the age of 5 years and who are receiving special education pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 388.475.

             (6) Six-tenths the count of pupils who have not attained the age of 5 years and who are receiving special education pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 388.475, based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter.

             (7) The count of children detained in facilities for the detention of children, alternative programs and juvenile forestry camps receiving instruction pursuant to the provisions of NRS 388.550, 388.560 and 388.570, based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter.

             (8) The count of pupils who are enrolled in classes for at least one semester pursuant to subsection 5 of NRS 386.560, subsection 5 of NRS 386.580 or subsection 3 of NRS 392.070, based on the average daily enrollment of pupils during the quarter and expressed as a percentage of the total time services are provided to those pupils per school day in proportion to the total time services are provided during a school day to pupils who are counted pursuant to subparagraph (2).

      (b) [Multiplying the number of special education program units maintained and operated by the amount per program established for that school year.

      (c)] Adding the amounts computed in [paragraphs] paragraph (a) . [and (b).]

      3.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 4, if the enrollment of pupils in a school district or a charter school that is located within the school district [on the last day of the first school month of the school district for] based on the average daily enrollment of pupils during the quarter of the school year is less than or equal to 95 percent of the enrollment of pupils in the same school district or charter school [on] based on the average daily enrollment of pupils during the [last day of the first school month of the school district for] same quarter of the immediately preceding school year, the enrollment of pupils during the same quarter of the immediately preceding school year must be used for purposes of [apportioning money] making the quarterly apportionments from the State Distributive School Account to that school district or charter school pursuant to NRS 387.124.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3713 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

the same school district or charter school [on] based on the average daily enrollment of pupils during the [last day of the first school month of the school district for] same quarter of the immediately preceding school year, the enrollment of pupils during the same quarter of the immediately preceding school year must be used for purposes of [apportioning money] making the quarterly apportionments from the State Distributive School Account to that school district or charter school pursuant to NRS 387.124.

      4.  If the Department determines that a school district or charter school deliberately causes a decline in the enrollment of pupils in the school district or charter school to receive a higher apportionment pursuant to subsection 2, including, without limitation, by eliminating grades or moving into smaller facilities, the enrollment number from the current school year must be used for purposes of apportioning money from the State Distributive School Account to that school district or charter school pursuant to NRS 387.124.

      5.  The Department shall prescribe a process for reconciling the quarterly reports submitted pursuant to subsection 1 to account for pupils who leave the school district or a public school during the school year.

      6.  Pupils who are excused from attendance at examinations or have completed their work in accordance with the rules of the board of trustees must be credited with attendance during that period.

      7.  Pupils who are incarcerated in a facility or institution operated by the Department of Corrections must not be counted for the purpose of computing basic support pursuant to this section. The average daily attendance for such pupils must be reported to the Department of Education.

      8.  Pupils who are enrolled in courses which are approved by the Department as meeting the requirements for an adult to earn a high school diploma must not be counted for the purpose of computing basic support pursuant to this section.

      Sec. 11. NRS 387.1233 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.1233  1.  On or before October 1, January 1, April 1 and July 1, each school district shall report to the Department, in the form prescribed by the Department, the average daily enrollment of pupils pursuant to this section for the immediately preceding quarter of the school year.

      2.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 3, basic support of each school district must be computed by:

      (a) Multiplying the basic support guarantee per pupil established for that school district for that school year by the sum of:

             (1) [Six-tenths the count of pupils enrolled in the kindergarten department, based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter, including, without limitation, the count of pupils who reside in the county and are enrolled in any charter school.

             (2)] The count of pupils enrolled in kindergarten and grades 1 to 12, inclusive, based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter, including, without limitation, the count of pupils who reside in the county and are enrolled in any charter school and the count of pupils who are enrolled in a university school for profoundly gifted pupils located in the county.

             [(3)] (2) The count of pupils not included under subparagraph (1) [or (2)] who are enrolled full-time in a program of distance education provided by that school district or a charter school located within that school district, based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3714 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

             [(4)] (3) The count of pupils who reside in the county and are enrolled:

                   (I) In a public school of the school district and are concurrently enrolled part-time in a program of distance education provided by another school district or a charter school, based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter and expressed as a percentage of the total time services are provided to those pupils per school day in proportion to the total time services are provided during a school day to pupils who are counted pursuant to subparagraph [(2).] (1).

                   (II) In a charter school and are concurrently enrolled part-time in a program of distance education provided by a school district or another charter school, based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter and expressed as a percentage of the total time services are provided to those pupils per school day in proportion to the total time services are provided during a school day to pupils who are counted pursuant to subparagraph [(2).] (1).

             [(5)] (4) The count of pupils not included under subparagraph (1), (2) [,] or (3) , [or (4),] who are receiving special education pursuant to the provisions of NRS 388.440 to 388.520, inclusive, based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter and excluding the count of pupils who have not attained the age of 5 years and who are receiving special education pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 388.475.

             [(6)] (5) Six-tenths the count of pupils who have not attained the age of 5 years and who are receiving special education pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 388.475, based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter.

             [(7)] (6) The count of children detained in facilities for the detention of children, alternative programs and juvenile forestry camps receiving instruction pursuant to the provisions of NRS 388.550, 388.560 and 388.570, based on the average daily enrollment of those pupils during the quarter.

             [(8)] (7) The count of pupils who are enrolled in classes for at least one semester pursuant to subsection 5 of NRS 386.560, subsection 5 of NRS 386.580 or subsection 3 of NRS 392.070, based on the average daily enrollment of pupils during the quarter and expressed as a percentage of the total time services are provided to those pupils per school day in proportion to the total time services are provided during a school day to pupils who are counted pursuant to subparagraph [(2).] (1).

      (b) Adding the amounts computed in paragraph (a).

      3.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 4, if the enrollment of pupils in a school district or a charter school that is located within the school district based on the average daily enrollment of pupils during the quarter of the school year is less than or equal to 95 percent of the enrollment of pupils in the same school district or charter school based on the average daily enrollment of pupils during the same quarter of the immediately preceding school year, the enrollment of pupils during the same quarter of the immediately preceding school year must be used for purposes of making the quarterly apportionments from the State Distributive School Account to that school district or charter school pursuant to NRS 387.124.

      4.  If the Department determines that a school district or charter school deliberately causes a decline in the enrollment of pupils in the school district or charter school to receive a higher apportionment pursuant to subsection 2, including, without limitation, by eliminating grades or moving into smaller facilities, the enrollment number from the current school year must be used for purposes of apportioning money from the State Distributive School Account to that school district or charter school pursuant to NRS 387.124.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3715 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

facilities, the enrollment number from the current school year must be used for purposes of apportioning money from the State Distributive School Account to that school district or charter school pursuant to NRS 387.124.

      5.  The Department shall prescribe a process for reconciling the quarterly reports submitted pursuant to subsection 1 to account for pupils who leave the school district or a public school during the school year.

      6.  Pupils who are excused from attendance at examinations or have completed their work in accordance with the rules of the board of trustees must be credited with attendance during that period.

      7.  Pupils who are incarcerated in a facility or institution operated by the Department of Corrections must not be counted for the purpose of computing basic support pursuant to this section. The average daily attendance for such pupils must be reported to the Department of Education.

      8.  Pupils who are enrolled in courses which are approved by the Department as meeting the requirements for an adult to earn a high school diploma must not be counted for the purpose of computing basic support pursuant to this section.

      Sec. 12. NRS 387.124 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.124  Except as otherwise provided in this section and NRS 387.528:

      1.  On or before August 1, November 1, February 1 and May 1 of each year, the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall apportion the State Distributive School Account in the State General Fund among the several county school districts, charter schools and university schools for profoundly gifted pupils in amounts approximating one-fourth of their respective yearly apportionments less any amount set aside as a reserve. Except as otherwise provided in NRS 387.1244, the apportionment to a school district, computed on a yearly basis, equals the difference between the basic support and the local funds available pursuant to NRS 387.1235, minus all the funds attributable to pupils who reside in the county but attend a charter school, all the funds attributable to pupils who reside in the county and are enrolled full-time or part-time in a program of distance education provided by another school district or a charter school and all the funds attributable to pupils who are enrolled in a university school for profoundly gifted pupils located in the county. No apportionment may be made to a school district if the amount of the local funds exceeds the amount of basic support.

      2.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 3 and NRS 387.1244, the apportionment to a charter school, computed on a yearly basis, is equal to the sum of the basic support per pupil in the county in which the pupil resides plus the amount of local funds available per pupil pursuant to NRS 387.1235 and all other funds available for public schools in the county in which the pupil resides minus the sponsorship fee prescribed by NRS 386.570 and minus all the funds attributable to pupils who are enrolled in the charter school but are concurrently enrolled part-time in a program of distance education provided by a school district or another charter school. If the apportionment per pupil to a charter school is more than the amount to be apportioned to the school district in which a pupil who is enrolled in the charter school resides, the school district in which the pupil resides shall pay the difference directly to the charter school.

      3.  Except as otherwise provided in NRS 387.1244, the apportionment to a charter school that is sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority or by a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education, computed on a yearly basis, is equal to the sum of the basic support per pupil in the county in which the pupil resides plus the amount of local funds available per pupil pursuant to NRS 387.1235 and all other funds available for public schools in the county in which the pupil resides, minus the sponsorship fee prescribed by NRS 386.570 and minus all funds attributable to pupils who are enrolled in the charter school but are concurrently enrolled part-time in a program of distance education provided by a school district or another charter school.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3716 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

support per pupil in the county in which the pupil resides plus the amount of local funds available per pupil pursuant to NRS 387.1235 and all other funds available for public schools in the county in which the pupil resides, minus the sponsorship fee prescribed by NRS 386.570 and minus all funds attributable to pupils who are enrolled in the charter school but are concurrently enrolled part-time in a program of distance education provided by a school district or another charter school.

      4.  Except as otherwise provided in NRS 387.1244, in addition to the apportionments made pursuant to this section, an apportionment must be made to a school district or charter school that provides a program of distance education for each pupil who is enrolled part-time in the program. The amount of the apportionment must be equal to the percentage of the total time services are provided to the pupil through the program of distance education per school day in proportion to the total time services are provided during a school day to pupils who are counted pursuant to subparagraph (2) of paragraph (a) of subsection [1] 2 of NRS 387.1233 for the school district in which the pupil resides.

      5.  The governing body of a charter school may submit a written request to the Superintendent of Public Instruction to receive, in the first year of operation of the charter school, an apportionment 30 days before the apportionment is required to be made pursuant to subsection 1. Upon receipt of such a request, the Superintendent of Public Instruction may make the apportionment 30 days before the apportionment is required to be made. A charter school may receive all four apportionments in advance in its first year of operation.

      6.  Except as otherwise provided in NRS 387.1244, the apportionment to a university school for profoundly gifted pupils, computed on a yearly basis, is equal to the sum of the basic support per pupil in the county in which the university school is located plus the amount of local funds available per pupil pursuant to NRS 387.1235 and all other funds available for public schools in the county in which the university school is located. If the apportionment per pupil to a university school for profoundly gifted pupils is more than the amount to be apportioned to the school district in which the university school is located, the school district shall pay the difference directly to the university school. The governing body of a university school for profoundly gifted pupils may submit a written request to the Superintendent of Public Instruction to receive, in the first year of operation of the university school, an apportionment 30 days before the apportionment is required to be made pursuant to subsection 1. Upon receipt of such a request, the Superintendent of Public Instruction may make the apportionment 30 days before the apportionment is required to be made. A university school for profoundly gifted pupils may receive all four apportionments in advance in its first year of operation.

      7.  The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall apportion, on or before August 1 of each year, the money designated as the “Nutrition State Match” pursuant to NRS 387.105 to those school districts that participate in the National School Lunch Program, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq. The apportionment to a school district must be directly related to the district’s reimbursements for the Program as compared with the total amount of reimbursements for all school districts in this State that participate in the Program.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3717 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

      8.  If the State Controller finds that such an action is needed to maintain the balance in the State General Fund at a level sufficient to pay the other appropriations from it, the State Controller may pay out the apportionments monthly, each approximately one-twelfth of the yearly apportionment less any amount set aside as a reserve. If such action is needed, the State Controller shall submit a report to the Department of Administration and the Fiscal Analysis Division of the Legislative Counsel Bureau documenting reasons for the action.

      Sec. 13. NRS 387.124 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.124  Except as otherwise provided in this section and NRS 387.528:

      1.  On or before August 1, November 1, February 1 and May 1 of each year, the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall apportion the State Distributive School Account in the State General Fund among the several county school districts, charter schools and university schools for profoundly gifted pupils in amounts approximating one-fourth of their respective yearly apportionments less any amount set aside as a reserve. Except as otherwise provided in NRS 387.1244, the apportionment to a school district, computed on a yearly basis, equals the difference between the basic support and the local funds available pursuant to NRS 387.1235, minus all the funds attributable to pupils who reside in the county but attend a charter school, all the funds attributable to pupils who reside in the county and are enrolled full-time or part-time in a program of distance education provided by another school district or a charter school and all the funds attributable to pupils who are enrolled in a university school for profoundly gifted pupils located in the county. No apportionment may be made to a school district if the amount of the local funds exceeds the amount of basic support.

      2.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 3 and NRS 387.1244, the apportionment to a charter school, computed on a yearly basis, is equal to the sum of the basic support per pupil in the county in which the pupil resides plus the amount of local funds available per pupil pursuant to NRS 387.1235 and all other funds available for public schools in the county in which the pupil resides minus the sponsorship fee prescribed by NRS 386.570 and minus all the funds attributable to pupils who are enrolled in the charter school but are concurrently enrolled part-time in a program of distance education provided by a school district or another charter school. If the apportionment per pupil to a charter school is more than the amount to be apportioned to the school district in which a pupil who is enrolled in the charter school resides, the school district in which the pupil resides shall pay the difference directly to the charter school.

      3.  Except as otherwise provided in NRS 387.1244, the apportionment to a charter school that is sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority or by a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education, computed on a yearly basis, is equal to the sum of the basic support per pupil in the county in which the pupil resides plus the amount of local funds available per pupil pursuant to NRS 387.1235 and all other funds available for public schools in the county in which the pupil resides, minus the sponsorship fee prescribed by NRS 386.570 and minus all funds attributable to pupils who are enrolled in the charter school but are concurrently enrolled part-time in a program of distance education provided by a school district or another charter school.

      4.  Except as otherwise provided in NRS 387.1244, in addition to the apportionments made pursuant to this section, an apportionment must be made to a school district or charter school that provides a program of distance education for each pupil who is enrolled part-time in the program.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3718 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

made to a school district or charter school that provides a program of distance education for each pupil who is enrolled part-time in the program. The amount of the apportionment must be equal to the percentage of the total time services are provided to the pupil through the program of distance education per school day in proportion to the total time services are provided during a school day to pupils who are counted pursuant to subparagraph [(2)] (1) of paragraph (a) of subsection 2 of NRS 387.1233 for the school district in which the pupil resides.

      5.  The governing body of a charter school may submit a written request to the Superintendent of Public Instruction to receive, in the first year of operation of the charter school, an apportionment 30 days before the apportionment is required to be made pursuant to subsection 1. Upon receipt of such a request, the Superintendent of Public Instruction may make the apportionment 30 days before the apportionment is required to be made. A charter school may receive all four apportionments in advance in its first year of operation.

      6.  Except as otherwise provided in NRS 387.1244, the apportionment to a university school for profoundly gifted pupils, computed on a yearly basis, is equal to the sum of the basic support per pupil in the county in which the university school is located plus the amount of local funds available per pupil pursuant to NRS 387.1235 and all other funds available for public schools in the county in which the university school is located. If the apportionment per pupil to a university school for profoundly gifted pupils is more than the amount to be apportioned to the school district in which the university school is located, the school district shall pay the difference directly to the university school. The governing body of a university school for profoundly gifted pupils may submit a written request to the Superintendent of Public Instruction to receive, in the first year of operation of the university school, an apportionment 30 days before the apportionment is required to be made pursuant to subsection 1. Upon receipt of such a request, the Superintendent of Public Instruction may make the apportionment 30 days before the apportionment is required to be made. A university school for profoundly gifted pupils may receive all four apportionments in advance in its first year of operation.

      7.  The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall apportion, on or before August 1 of each year, the money designated as the “Nutrition State Match” pursuant to NRS 387.105 to those school districts that participate in the National School Lunch Program, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq. The apportionment to a school district must be directly related to the district’s reimbursements for the Program as compared with the total amount of reimbursements for all school districts in this State that participate in the Program.

      8.  If the State Controller finds that such an action is needed to maintain the balance in the State General Fund at a level sufficient to pay the other appropriations from it, the State Controller may pay out the apportionments monthly, each approximately one-twelfth of the yearly apportionment less any amount set aside as a reserve. If such action is needed, the State Controller shall submit a report to the Department of Administration and the Fiscal Analysis Division of the Legislative Counsel Bureau documenting reasons for the action.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3719 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

      Sec. 14. NRS 387.1243 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.1243  1.  The first apportionment based on an estimated number of pupils and special education program units and succeeding apportionments are subject to adjustment from time to time as the need therefor may appear, including, without limitation, an adjustment made for a pupil who is not properly enrolled in or attending a public school, as determined through an independent audit or other examination conducted pursuant to NRS 387.126 or through an annual audit of the count of pupils conducted pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 387.304.

      2.  The apportionments to a school district may be adjusted during a fiscal year by the Department of Education, upon approval by the State Board of Examiners and the Interim Finance Committee, if the Department of Taxation and the county assessor in the county in which the school district is located certify to the Department of Education that the school district will not receive the tax levied pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 387.195 on property of the Federal Government located within the county if:

      (a) The leasehold interest, possessory interest, beneficial interest or beneficial use of the property is subject to taxation pursuant to NRS 361.157 and 361.159 and one or more lessees or users of the property are delinquent in paying the tax; and

      (b) The total amount of tax owed but not paid for the fiscal year by any such lessees and users is at least 5 percent of the proceeds that the school district would have received from the tax levied pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 387.195.

Ê If a lessee or user pays the tax owed after the school district’s apportionment has been increased in accordance with the provisions of this subsection to compensate for the tax owed, the school district shall repay to the State Distributive School Account in the State General Fund an amount equal to the tax received from the lessee or user for the year in which the school district received an increased apportionment, not to exceed the increase in apportionments made to the school district pursuant to this subsection.

      3.  On or before August 1 of each year, the board of trustees of a school district shall provide to the Department, in a format prescribed by the Department, the count of pupils calculated pursuant to subparagraph (8) of paragraph (a) of subsection [1] 2 of NRS 387.1233 who completed at least one semester during the immediately preceding school year. [The count of pupils submitted to the Department must be included in the final adjustment computed pursuant to subsection 4.

      4.  A final adjustment for each school district, charter school and university school for profoundly gifted pupils must be computed as soon as practicable following the close of the school year, but not later than August 25. The final computation must be based upon the actual counts of pupils required to be made for the computation of basic support and the limits upon the support of special education programs, except that for any year when the total enrollment of pupils and children in a school district, a charter school located within the school district or a university school for profoundly gifted pupils located within the school district described in paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (e) of subsection 1 of NRS 387.123 is greater on the last day of any school month of the school district after the second school month of the school district and the increase in enrollment shows at least:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3720 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

      (a)A 3-percent gain, basic support as computed from first-month enrollment for the school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils must be increased by 2 percent.

      (b)A 6-percent gain, basic support as computed from first-month enrollment for the school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils must be increased by an additional 2 percent.

      5.]  4.  If the final computation of apportionment for any school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils exceeds the actual amount paid to the school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils during the school year, the additional amount due must be paid before September 1. If the final computation of apportionment for any school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils is less than the actual amount paid to the school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils during the school year, the difference must be repaid to the State Distributive School Account in the State General Fund by the school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils before September 25.

      Sec. 15. NRS 387.1243 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.1243  1.  The first apportionment based on an estimated number of pupils [and special education program units] and succeeding apportionments are subject to adjustment from time to time as the need therefor may appear, including, without limitation, an adjustment made for a pupil who is not properly enrolled in or attending a public school, as determined through an independent audit or other examination conducted pursuant to NRS 387.126 or through an annual audit of the count of pupils conducted pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 387.304.

      2.  The apportionments to a school district may be adjusted during a fiscal year by the Department of Education, upon approval by the State Board of Examiners and the Interim Finance Committee, if the Department of Taxation and the county assessor in the county in which the school district is located certify to the Department of Education that the school district will not receive the tax levied pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 387.195 on property of the Federal Government located within the county if:

      (a) The leasehold interest, possessory interest, beneficial interest or beneficial use of the property is subject to taxation pursuant to NRS 361.157 and 361.159 and one or more lessees or users of the property are delinquent in paying the tax; and

      (b) The total amount of tax owed but not paid for the fiscal year by any such lessees and users is at least 5 percent of the proceeds that the school district would have received from the tax levied pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 387.195.

Ê If a lessee or user pays the tax owed after the school district’s apportionment has been increased in accordance with the provisions of this subsection to compensate for the tax owed, the school district shall repay to the State Distributive School Account in the State General Fund an amount equal to the tax received from the lessee or user for the year in which the school district received an increased apportionment, not to exceed the increase in apportionments made to the school district pursuant to this subsection.

      3.  On or before August 1 of each year, the board of trustees of a school district shall provide to the Department, in a format prescribed by the Department, the count of pupils calculated pursuant to subparagraph (8) of paragraph (a) of subsection 2 of NRS 387.1233 who completed at least one semester during the immediately preceding school year.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3721 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

Department, the count of pupils calculated pursuant to subparagraph (8) of paragraph (a) of subsection 2 of NRS 387.1233 who completed at least one semester during the immediately preceding school year.

      4.  If the final computation of apportionment for any school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils exceeds the actual amount paid to the school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils during the school year, the additional amount due must be paid before September 1. If the final computation of apportionment for any school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils is less than the actual amount paid to the school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils during the school year, the difference must be repaid to the State Distributive School Account in the State General Fund by the school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils before September 25.

      Sec. 16. NRS 387.1243 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.1243  1.  The first apportionment based on an estimated number of pupils and succeeding apportionments are subject to adjustment from time to time as the need therefor may appear, including, without limitation, an adjustment made for a pupil who is not properly enrolled in or attending a public school, as determined through an independent audit or other examination conducted pursuant to NRS 387.126 or through an annual audit of the count of pupils conducted pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 387.304.

      2.  The apportionments to a school district may be adjusted during a fiscal year by the Department of Education, upon approval by the State Board of Examiners and the Interim Finance Committee, if the Department of Taxation and the county assessor in the county in which the school district is located certify to the Department of Education that the school district will not receive the tax levied pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 387.195 on property of the Federal Government located within the county if:

      (a) The leasehold interest, possessory interest, beneficial interest or beneficial use of the property is subject to taxation pursuant to NRS 361.157 and 361.159 and one or more lessees or users of the property are delinquent in paying the tax; and

      (b) The total amount of tax owed but not paid for the fiscal year by any such lessees and users is at least 5 percent of the proceeds that the school district would have received from the tax levied pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 387.195.

Ê If a lessee or user pays the tax owed after the school district’s apportionment has been increased in accordance with the provisions of this subsection to compensate for the tax owed, the school district shall repay to the State Distributive School Account in the State General Fund an amount equal to the tax received from the lessee or user for the year in which the school district received an increased apportionment, not to exceed the increase in apportionments made to the school district pursuant to this subsection.

      3.  On or before August 1 of each year, the board of trustees of a school district shall provide to the Department, in a format prescribed by the Department, the count of pupils calculated pursuant to subparagraph [(8)] (7) of paragraph (a) of subsection 2 of NRS 387.1233 who completed at least one semester during the immediately preceding school year.

      4.  If the final computation of apportionment for any school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils exceeds the actual amount paid to the school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils during the school year, the additional amount due must be paid before September 1.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3722 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

actual amount paid to the school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils during the school year, the additional amount due must be paid before September 1. If the final computation of apportionment for any school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils is less than the actual amount paid to the school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils during the school year, the difference must be repaid to the State Distributive School Account in the State General Fund by the school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils before September 25.

      Sec. 16.5. NRS 387.1244 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.1244  1.  The Superintendent of Public Instruction may deduct from an apportionment otherwise payable to a school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils pursuant to NRS 387.124 if the school district, charter school or university school:

      (a) Fails to repay an amount due pursuant to subsection [5] 4 of NRS 387.1243. The amount of the deduction from the quarterly apportionment must correspond to the amount due.

      (b) Fails to repay an amount due the Department as a result of a determination that an expenditure was made which violates the terms of a grant administered by the Department. The amount of the deduction from the quarterly apportionment must correspond to the amount due.

      (c) Pays a claim determined to be unearned, illegal or unreasonably excessive as a result of an investigation conducted pursuant to NRS 387.3037. The amount of the deduction from the quarterly apportionment must correspond to the amount of the claim which is determined to be unearned, illegal or unreasonably excessive.

Ê More than one deduction from a quarterly apportionment otherwise payable to a school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils may be made pursuant to this subsection if grounds exist for each such deduction.

      2.  The Superintendent of Public Instruction may authorize the withholding of the entire amount of an apportionment otherwise payable to a school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils pursuant to NRS 387.124, or a portion thereof, if the school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils fails to submit a report or other information that is required to be submitted to the Superintendent, State Board or Department pursuant to a statute. If a charter school fails to submit a report or other information that is required to be submitted to the Superintendent, State Board or Department through the sponsor of the charter school pursuant to a statute, the Superintendent may only authorize the withholding of the apportionment otherwise payable to the charter school and may not authorize the withholding of the apportionment otherwise payable to the sponsor of the charter school. Before authorizing a withholding pursuant to this subsection, the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall provide notice to the school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils of the report or other information that is due and provide the school district, charter school or university school with an opportunity to comply with the statute. Any amount withheld pursuant to this subsection must be accounted for separately in the State Distributive School Account, does not revert to the State General Fund at the end of a fiscal year and must be carried forward to the next fiscal year.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3723 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

      3.  If, after an amount is withheld pursuant to subsection 2, the school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils subsequently submits the report or other information required by a statute for which the withholding was made, the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall immediately authorize the payment of the amount withheld to the school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils.

      4.  A school district, charter school or university school for profoundly gifted pupils may appeal to the State Board a decision of the Superintendent of Public Instruction to deduct or withhold from a quarterly apportionment pursuant to this section. The Secretary of the State Board shall place the subject of the appeal on the agenda of the next meeting for consideration by the State Board.

      Sec. 17. NRS 387.191 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.191  1.  Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, the proceeds of the tax imposed pursuant to NRS 244.33561 and any applicable penalty or interest must be paid by the county treasurer to the State Treasurer for credit to the State Supplemental School Support Account, which is hereby created in the State General Fund. The county treasurer may retain from the proceeds an amount sufficient to reimburse the county for the actual cost of collecting and administering the tax, to the extent that the county incurs any cost it would not have incurred but for the enactment of this section or NRS 244.33561, but in no case exceeding the amount authorized by statute for this purpose. Any interest or other income earned on the money in the State Supplemental School Support Account must be credited to the Account.

      2.  On and after July 1, 2015, the money in the State Supplemental School Support Account is hereby appropriated for the operation of the school districts and charter schools of the state, as provided in this section. The money so appropriated is intended to supplement and not replace any other money appropriated, approved or authorized for expenditure to fund the operation of the public schools for kindergarten through grade 12. Any money that remains in the State Supplemental School Support Account at the end of the fiscal year does not revert to the State General Fund, and the balance in the State Supplemental School Support Account must be carried forward to the next fiscal year.

      3.  On or before February 1, May 1, August 1 and November 1 of 2016, and on those dates each year thereafter, the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall transfer from the State Supplemental School Support Account all the proceeds of the tax imposed pursuant to NRS 244.33561, including any interest or other income earned thereon, and distribute the proceeds proportionally among the school districts and charter schools of the state. The proportionate amount of money distributed to each school district or charter school must be determined by dividing the number of students enrolled in the school district or charter school by the number of students enrolled in all the school districts and charter schools of the state. For the purposes of this subsection, the enrollment in each school district and the number of students who reside in the district and are enrolled in a charter school must be determined as of [the last day of the first school month] each quarter of the [school district for the] school year. This determination governs the distribution of money pursuant to this subsection until the next [annual] quarterly determination of enrollment is made. The Superintendent may retain from the proceeds of the tax an amount sufficient to reimburse the Superintendent for the actual cost of administering the provisions of this section, to the extent that the Superintendent incurs any cost the Superintendent would not have incurred but for the enactment of this section, but in no case exceeding the amount authorized by statute for this purpose.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3724 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

may retain from the proceeds of the tax an amount sufficient to reimburse the Superintendent for the actual cost of administering the provisions of this section, to the extent that the Superintendent incurs any cost the Superintendent would not have incurred but for the enactment of this section, but in no case exceeding the amount authorized by statute for this purpose.

      4.  The money received by a school district or charter school from the State Supplemental School Support Account pursuant to this section must be used to improve the achievement of students and for the payment of salaries to attract and retain qualified teachers and other employees, except administrative employees, of the school district or charter school. Nothing contained in this section shall be deemed to impair or restrict the right of employees of the school district or charter school to engage in collective bargaining as provided by chapter 288 of NRS.

      5.  On or before November 10 of 2016, and on that date each year thereafter, the board of trustees of each school district and the governing body of each charter school shall prepare a report to the Superintendent of Public Instruction, in the form prescribed by the Superintendent. The report must provide an accounting of the expenditures by the school district or charter school of the money it received from the State Supplemental School Support Account during the preceding fiscal year.

      6.  As used in this section, “administrative employee” means any person who holds a license as an administrator, issued by the Superintendent of Public Instruction, and is employed in that capacity by a school district or charter school.

      Sec. 18. NRS 387.303 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.303  1.  Not later than November 1 of each year, the board of trustees of each school district shall submit to the Superintendent of Public Instruction and the Department of Taxation a report which includes the following information:

      (a) For each fund within the school district, including, without limitation, the school district’s general fund and any special revenue fund which receives state money, the total number and salaries of licensed and nonlicensed persons whose salaries are paid from the fund and who are employed by the school district in full-time positions or in part-time positions added together to represent full-time positions. Information must be provided for the current school year based upon the school district’s final budget, including any amendments and augmentations thereto, and for the preceding school year. An employee must be categorized as filling an instructional, administrative, instructional support or other position.

      (b) The school district’s actual expenditures in the fiscal year immediately preceding the report.

      (c) The school district’s proposed expenditures for the current fiscal year.

      (d) The schedule of salaries for licensed employees in the current school year and a statement of whether the negotiations regarding salaries for the current school year have been completed. If the negotiations have not been completed at the time the schedule of salaries is submitted, the board of trustees shall submit a supplemental report to the Superintendent of Public Instruction upon completion of negotiations or the determination of an arbitrator concerning the negotiations that includes the schedule of salaries agreed to or required by the arbitrator.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3725 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

      (e) The number of employees who received an increase in salary pursuant to subsection 2, 3 or 4 of NRS 391.160 for the current and preceding fiscal years. If the board of trustees is required to pay an increase in salary retroactively pursuant to subsection 2 of NRS 391.160, the board of trustees shall submit a supplemental report to the Superintendent of Public Instruction not later than February 15 of the year in which the retroactive payment was made that includes the number of teachers to whom an increase in salary was paid retroactively.

      (f) The number of employees eligible for health insurance within the school district for the current and preceding fiscal years and the amount paid for health insurance for each such employee during those years.

      (g) The rates for fringe benefits, excluding health insurance, paid by the school district for its licensed employees in the preceding and current fiscal years.

      (h) The amount paid for extra duties, supervision of extracurricular activities and supplemental pay and the number of employees receiving that pay in the preceding and current fiscal years.

      (i) The expenditures from the account created pursuant to subsection 4 of NRS 179.1187. The report must indicate the total amount received by the district in the preceding fiscal year and the specific amount spent on books and computer hardware and software for each grade level in the district.

      2.  On or before November 25 of each year, the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall submit to the Department of Administration and the Fiscal Analysis Division of the Legislative Counsel Bureau, in a format approved by the Director of the Department of Administration, a compilation of the reports made by each school district pursuant to subsection 1.

      3.  In preparing the agency biennial budget request for the State Distributive School Account for submission to the Department of Administration, the Superintendent of Public Instruction:

      (a) Shall compile the information from the most recent compilation of reports submitted pursuant to subsection 2;

      (b) May increase the line items of expenditures or revenues based on merit salary increases and cost of living adjustments or inflation, as deemed credible and reliable based upon published indexes and research relevant to the specific line item of expenditure or revenue;

      (c) May adjust expenditures and revenues pursuant to paragraph (b) for any year remaining before the biennium for which the budget is being prepared and for the 2 years of the biennium covered by the biennial budget request to project the cost of expenditures or the receipt of revenues for the specific line items; and

      (d) May consider the cost of enhancements to existing programs or the projected cost of proposed new educational programs, regardless of whether those enhancements or new programs are included in the per pupil basic support guarantee for inclusion in the biennial budget request to the Department of Administration . [; and

      (e)Shall obtain approval from the State Board for any inflationary increase, enhancement to an existing program or addition of a new program included in the agency biennial budget request.]

      4.  The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall, in the compilation required by subsection 2, reconcile the revenues of the school districts with the apportionment received by those districts from the State Distributive School Account for the preceding year.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3726 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

      5.  The request prepared pursuant to subsection 3 must:

      (a) Be presented by the Superintendent of Public Instruction to such standing committees of the Legislature as requested by the standing committees for the purposes of developing educational programs and providing appropriations for those programs; and

      (b) Provide for a direct comparison of appropriations to the proposed budget of the Governor submitted pursuant to subsection 4 of NRS 353.230.

      Sec. 19. NRS 387.304 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.304  The Department shall:

      1.  Conduct an annual audit of the count of pupils for apportionment purposes reported each quarter by each school district pursuant to NRS 387.123 and the data reported by each school district pursuant to NRS 388.710 that is used to measure the effectiveness of the implementation of a plan developed by each school district to reduce the pupil-teacher ratio as required by NRS 388.720.

      2.  Review each school district’s report of the annual audit conducted by a public accountant as required by NRS 354.624, and the annual report prepared by each district as required by NRS 387.303, and report the findings of the review to the State Board and the Legislative Committee on Education, with any recommendations for legislation, revisions to regulations or training needed by school district employees. The report by the Department must identify school districts which failed to comply with any statutes or administrative regulations of this State or which had any:

      (a) Long-term obligations in excess of the general obligation debt limit;

      (b) Deficit fund balances or retained earnings in any fund;

      (c) Deficit cash balances in any fund;

      (d) Variances of more than 10 percent between total general fund revenues and budgeted general fund revenues; or

      (e) Variances of more than 10 percent between total actual general fund expenditures and budgeted total general fund expenditures.

      3.  In preparing its biennial budgetary request for the State Distributive School Account, consult with the superintendent of schools of each school district or a person designated by the superintendent.

      4.  Provide, in consultation with the Budget Division of the Department of Administration and the Fiscal Analysis Division of the Legislative Counsel Bureau, training to the financial officers of school districts in matters relating to financial accountability.

      Sec. 20. NRS 388.450 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      388.450  1.  The Legislature declares that [the basic support guarantee for each special education program unit established by law] funding provided for each school year establishes financial resources sufficient to ensure a reasonably equal educational opportunity to pupils with disabilities residing in Nevada through the use of the multiplier to the basic support guarantee prescribed by NRS 387.122 and to gifted and talented pupils residing in Nevada.

      2.  Subject to the provisions of NRS 388.440 to 388.520, inclusive, the board of trustees of each school district shall make such special provisions as may be necessary for the education of pupils with disabilities and gifted and talented pupils.

      3.  The board of trustees of a school district in a county whose population is less than 700,000 may provide early intervening services. Such

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3727 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

services must be provided in accordance with the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act, 20 U.S.C. §§ 1400 et seq., and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

      4.  The board of trustees of a school district shall establish uniform criteria governing eligibility for instruction under the special education programs provided for by NRS 388.440 to 388.520, inclusive. The criteria must prohibit the placement of a pupil in a program for pupils with disabilities solely because the pupil is a disciplinary problem in school. The criteria are subject to such standards as may be prescribed by the State Board.

      Sec. 21. NRS 388.700 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      388.700  1.  Except as otherwise provided in this section, for each school quarter of a school year, the ratio in each school district of pupils per licensed teacher designated to teach, on a full-time basis, in classes where core curriculum is taught:

      (a) In kindergarten and grades 1 and 2, must not exceed 16 to 1, and in grade 3, must not exceed 18 to 1; or

      (b) If a plan is approved pursuant to subsection 3 of NRS 388.720, must not exceed the ratio set forth in that plan for the grade levels specified in the plan.

Ê In determining this ratio, all licensed educational personnel who teach a grade level specified in paragraph (a) or a grade level specified in a plan that is approved pursuant to subsection 3 of NRS 388.720, as applicable for the school district, must be counted except teachers of art, music, physical education or special education, teachers who teach one or two specific subject areas to more than one classroom of pupils, and counselors, librarians, administrators, deans and specialists.

      2.  A school district may, within the limits of any plan adopted pursuant to NRS 388.720, assign a pupil whose enrollment in a grade occurs after the [last day of the first month] end of a quarter during the school year to any existing class regardless of the number of pupils in the class if the school district requests and is approved for a variance from the State Board pursuant to subsection 4.

      3.  Each school district that includes one or more elementary schools which exceed the ratio of pupils per class during any quarter of a school year, as reported to the Department pursuant to NRS 388.725:

      (a) Set forth in subsection 1;

      (b) Prescribed in conjunction with a legislative appropriation for the support of the class-size reduction program; or

      (c) Defined by a legislatively approved alternative class-size reduction plan, if applicable to that school district,

Ê must request a variance for each such school for the next quarter of the current school year if a quarter remains in that school year or for the next quarter of the succeeding school year, as applicable, from the State Board by providing a written statement that includes the reasons for the request and the justification for exceeding the applicable prescribed ratio of pupils per class.

      4.  The State Board may grant to a school district a variance from the limitation on the number of pupils per class set forth in paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of subsection 3 for good cause, including the lack of available financial support specifically set aside for the reduction of pupil-teacher ratios.

      5.  The State Board shall, on a quarterly basis, submit a report to the Interim Finance Committee on each variance requested by a school district pursuant to subsection 4 during the preceding quarter and, if a variance was granted, an identification of each elementary school for which a variance was granted and the specific justification for the variance.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3728 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

pursuant to subsection 4 during the preceding quarter and, if a variance was granted, an identification of each elementary school for which a variance was granted and the specific justification for the variance.

      6.  The State Board shall, on or before February 1 of each odd-numbered year, submit a report to the Legislature on:

      (a) Each variance requested by a school district pursuant to subsection 4 during the preceding biennium and, if a variance was granted, an identification of each elementary school for which variance was granted and the specific justification for the variance.

      (b) The data reported to it by the various school districts pursuant to subsection 2 of NRS 388.710, including an explanation of that data, and the current pupil-teacher ratios per class in the grade levels specified in paragraph (a) of subsection 1 or the grade levels specified in a plan that is approved pursuant to subsection 3 of NRS 388.720, as applicable for the school district.

      7.  The Department shall, on or before November 15 of each year, report to the Chief of the Budget Division of the Department of Administration and the Fiscal Analysis Division of the Legislative Counsel Bureau:

      (a) The number of teachers employed;

      (b) The number of teachers employed in order to attain the ratio required by subsection 1;

      (c) The number of pupils enrolled; and

      (d) The number of teachers assigned to teach in the same classroom with another teacher or in any other arrangement other than one teacher assigned to one classroom of pupils,

Ê during the current school year in the grade levels specified in paragraph (a) of subsection 1 or the grade levels specified in a plan that is approved pursuant to subsection 3 of NRS 388.720, as applicable, for each school district.

      8.  The provisions of this section do not apply to a charter school or to a program of distance education provided pursuant to NRS 388.820 to 388.874, inclusive.

      Sec. 22. NRS 392A.083 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      392A.083  1.  Each pupil who is enrolled in a university school for profoundly gifted pupils, including, without limitation, a pupil who is enrolled in a program of special education in a university school for profoundly gifted pupils, must be included in the count of pupils in the school district in which the school is located for the purposes of apportionments and allowances from the State Distributive School Account pursuant to NRS 387.121 to 387.126, inclusive, unless the pupil is exempt from compulsory school attendance pursuant to NRS 392.070.

      2.  A university school for profoundly gifted pupils is entitled to receive its proportionate share of any other money available from federal, state or local sources that the school or the pupils who are enrolled in the school are eligible to receive.

      3.  If a university school for profoundly gifted pupils receives money for special education program units directly from this State, the amount of money for special education that the school district pays to the university school for profoundly gifted pupils may be reduced proportionately by the amount of money the university school received from this State for that purpose.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3729 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

      4.  All money received by a university school for profoundly gifted pupils from this State or from the board of trustees of a school district must be deposited in an account with a bank, credit union or other financial institution in this State.

      5.  The governing body of a university school for profoundly gifted pupils may negotiate with the board of trustees of the school district in which the school is located or the State Board for additional money to pay for services that the governing body wishes to offer.

      6.  To determine the amount of money for distribution to a university school for profoundly gifted pupils in its first year of operation in which state funding is provided, the count of pupils who are enrolled in the university school must initially be determined 30 days before the beginning of the school year of the school district in which the university school is located, based upon the number of pupils whose applications for enrollment have been approved by the university school. The count of pupils who are enrolled in a university school for profoundly gifted pupils must be revised [on the last day of the first school month of the school district in which the university school is located for the school year,] each quarter based upon the [actual number] average daily enrollment of pupils [who are enrolled] in the university school [.] reported for the preceding quarter pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 387.1233.

      7.  Pursuant to subsection 6 of NRS 387.124, the governing body of a university school for profoundly gifted pupils may request that the apportionments made to the university school in its first year of operation be paid to the university school 30 days before the apportionments are otherwise required to be made.

      8.  If a university school for profoundly gifted pupils ceases to operate pursuant to this chapter during a school year, the remaining apportionments that would have been made to the university school pursuant to NRS 387.124 for that school year must be paid on a proportionate basis to the school districts where the pupils who were enrolled in the university school reside.

      9.  If the governing body of a university school for profoundly gifted pupils uses money received from this State to purchase real property, buildings, equipment or facilities, the governing body of the university school shall assign a security interest in the property, buildings, equipment and facilities to the State of Nevada.

      Sec. 23. NRS 392A.083 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      392A.083  1.  Each pupil who is enrolled in a university school for profoundly gifted pupils, including, without limitation, a pupil who is enrolled in a program of special education in a university school for profoundly gifted pupils, must be included in the count of pupils in the school district in which the school is located for the purposes of apportionments and allowances from the State Distributive School Account pursuant to NRS 387.121 to 387.126, inclusive, unless the pupil is exempt from compulsory school attendance pursuant to NRS 392.070.

      2.  A university school for profoundly gifted pupils is entitled to receive its proportionate share of any other money available from federal, state or local sources that the school or the pupils who are enrolled in the school are eligible to receive.

      3.  [If a university school for profoundly gifted pupils receives money for special education program units directly from this State, the amount of money for special education that the school district pays to the university school for profoundly gifted pupils may be reduced proportionately by the amount of money the university school received from this State for that purpose.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3730 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

school for profoundly gifted pupils may be reduced proportionately by the amount of money the university school received from this State for that purpose.

      4.]  All money received by a university school for profoundly gifted pupils from this State or from the board of trustees of a school district must be deposited in an account with a bank, credit union or other financial institution in this State.

      [5.] 4.  The governing body of a university school for profoundly gifted pupils may negotiate with the board of trustees of the school district in which the school is located or the State Board for additional money to pay for services that the governing body wishes to offer.

      [6.] 5.  To determine the amount of money for distribution to a university school for profoundly gifted pupils in its first year of operation in which state funding is provided, the count of pupils who are enrolled in the university school must initially be determined 30 days before the beginning of the school year of the school district in which the university school is located, based upon the number of pupils whose applications for enrollment have been approved by the university school. The count of pupils who are enrolled in a university school for profoundly gifted pupils must be revised each quarter based upon the average daily enrollment of pupils in the university school reported for the preceding quarter pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 387.1233.

      [7.] 6.  Pursuant to subsection 6 of NRS 387.124, the governing body of a university school for profoundly gifted pupils may request that the apportionments made to the university school in its first year of operation be paid to the university school 30 days before the apportionments are otherwise required to be made.

      [8.] 7.  If a university school for profoundly gifted pupils ceases to operate pursuant to this chapter during a school year, the remaining apportionments that would have been made to the university school pursuant to NRS 387.124 for that school year must be paid on a proportionate basis to the school districts where the pupils who were enrolled in the university school reside.

      [9.] 8.  If the governing body of a university school for profoundly gifted pupils uses money received from this State to purchase real property, buildings, equipment or facilities, the governing body of the university school shall assign a security interest in the property, buildings, equipment and facilities to the State of Nevada.

      Sec. 24. Chapter 395 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:

      1.  The Contingency Account for Special Education Services is hereby created in the State General Fund to be administered by the Superintendent of Public Instruction. The Superintendent of Public Instruction may accept gifts and grants of money from any source for deposit in the Account. Any money from gifts and grants may be expended in accordance with the terms and conditions of the gift or grant, or in accordance with this section.

      2.  The interest and income earned on the sum of:

      (a) The money in the Account; and

      (b) Unexpended appropriations made to the Account from the State General Fund,

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3731 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

Ê must be credited to the Account. Any money remaining in the Account at the end of a fiscal year does not revert to the State General Fund, and the balance in the Account must be carried forward to the next fiscal year.

      3.  The money in the Account may only be used for public schools and public education, as authorized by the Legislature.

      4.  The State Board shall adopt regulations for the application, approval and disbursement of money commencing with the 2016-2017 school year to reimburse school districts and charter schools for extraordinary program expenses and related services which:

      (a) Are not ordinarily present in the typical special education service and delivery system at a public school;

      (b) Are associated with the implementation of the individualized education program of a pupil with significant disabilities, as defined by the State Board, to provide an appropriate education in the least restrictive environment; and

      (c) The costs of which exceed the total funding available to the school district or charter school for the pupil.

      Sec. 25. NRS 395.070 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      395.070 1.  The Interagency Panel is hereby created. The Panel is responsible for making recommendations concerning the placement of persons with disabilities who are eligible to receive benefits pursuant to this chapter. The Panel consists of:

      (a) The Administrator of the Division of Child and Family Services of the Department of Health and Human Services;

      (b) The Administrator of the Division of Public and Behavioral Health of the Department of Health and Human Services;

      (c) The Director of the Department of Health and Human Services; and

      (d) The Superintendent of Public Instruction.

      2.  A member of the Panel may designate a person to represent him or her at any meeting of the Panel. The person designated may exercise all the duties, rights and privileges of the member he or she represents.

      3.  The Panel shall [:

      (a) Every time a person with a disability is to be placed pursuant to subsection 2 of NRS 395.010 in a foster home or residential facility, meet to determine the needs of the person and the availability of homes or facilities under the authority of the Department of Health and Human Services after a joint evaluation of that person is completed by the Department of Education and the Department of Health and Human Services;

      (b) Determine the appropriate placement of the person, giving priority to homes or facilities under the authority of the Department of Health and Human Services over any home or facility located outside of this State; and

      (c) Make a recommendation concerning the placement of the person.] perform such duties as prescribed by the State Board.

      Sec. 26. NRS 354.598005 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      354.598005  1.  If anticipated resources actually available during a budget period exceed those estimated, a local government may augment a budget in the following manner:

      (a) If it is desired to augment the appropriations of a fund to which ad valorem taxes are allocated as a source of revenue, the governing body shall, by majority vote of all members of the governing body, adopt a resolution reciting the appropriations to be augmented, and the nature of the unanticipated resources intended to be used for the augmentation. Before the adoption of the resolution, the governing body shall publish notice of its intention to act thereon in a newspaper of general circulation in the county for at least one publication.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3732 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

adoption of the resolution, the governing body shall publish notice of its intention to act thereon in a newspaper of general circulation in the county for at least one publication. No vote may be taken upon the resolution until 3 days after the publication of the notice.

      (b) If it is desired to augment the budget of any fund other than a fund described in paragraph (a) or an enterprise or internal service fund, the governing body shall adopt, by majority vote of all members of the governing body, a resolution providing therefor at a regular meeting of the body.

      2.  A budget augmentation becomes effective upon delivery to the Department of Taxation of an executed copy of the resolution providing therefor.

      3.  Nothing in NRS 354.470 to 354.626, inclusive, precludes the amendment of a budget by increasing the total appropriation for any fiscal year to include a grant-in-aid, gift or bequest to a local unit of government which is required to be used for a specific purpose as a condition of the grant. Acceptance of such a grant and agreement to the terms imposed by the granting agency or person constitutes an appropriation to the purpose specified.

      4.  A local government need not file an augmented budget for an enterprise or internal service fund with the Department of Taxation but shall include the budget augmentation in the next quarterly report.

      5.  Budget appropriations may be transferred between functions, funds or contingency accounts in the following manner, if such a transfer does not increase the total appropriation for any fiscal year and is not in conflict with other statutory provisions:

      (a) The person designated to administer the budget for a local government may transfer appropriations within any function.

      (b) The person designated to administer the budget may transfer appropriations between functions or programs within a fund, if:

             (1) The governing body is advised of the action at the next regular meeting; and

             (2) The action is recorded in the official minutes of the meeting.

      (c) Upon recommendation of the person designated to administer the budget, the governing body may authorize the transfer of appropriations between funds or from the contingency account, if:

             (1) The governing body announces the transfer of appropriations at a regularly scheduled meeting and sets forth the exact amounts to be transferred and the accounts, functions, programs and funds affected;

             (2) The governing body sets forth its reasons for the transfer; and

             (3) The action is recorded in the official minutes of the meeting.

      6.  In any year in which the Legislature by law increases or decreases the revenues of a local government, and that increase or decrease was not included or anticipated in the local government’s final budget as adopted pursuant to NRS 354.598, the governing body of any such local government may, within 30 days of adjournment of the legislative session, file an amended budget with the Department of Taxation increasing or decreasing its anticipated revenues and expenditures from that contained in its final budget to the extent of the actual increase or decrease of revenues resulting from the legislative action.

      7.  In any year in which the Legislature enacts a law requiring an increase or decrease in expenditures of a local government, which was not anticipated or included in its final budget as adopted pursuant to NRS 354.598, the governing body of any such local government may, within 30 days of adjournment of the legislative session, file an amended budget with the Department of Taxation providing for an increase or decrease in expenditures from that contained in its final budget to the extent of the actual amount made necessary by the legislative action.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3733 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

anticipated or included in its final budget as adopted pursuant to NRS 354.598, the governing body of any such local government may, within 30 days of adjournment of the legislative session, file an amended budget with the Department of Taxation providing for an increase or decrease in expenditures from that contained in its final budget to the extent of the actual amount made necessary by the legislative action.

      8.  An amended budget, as approved by the Department of Taxation, is the budget of the local government for the current fiscal year.

      9.  On or before January 1 of each school year, each school district shall adopt an amendment to its final budget after the [count] average daily enrollment of pupils is [completed] reported for the preceding quarter pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 387.1233. The amendment must reflect any adjustments necessary as a result of the [completed count of pupils.] report.

      Sec. 27. NRS 701B.350 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      701B.350  1.  The Renewable Energy School Pilot Program is hereby created. The goal of the Program is to encourage the development of and determine the feasibility for the integration of renewable energy systems on school properties.

      2.  The Commission shall adopt regulations for the Program. Such regulations shall include, but not be limited to:

      (a) A time frame for implementation of the Program;

      (b) The allowed renewable energy systems and combinations of such renewable energy systems on school property;

      (c) The amount of capacity that may be installed at each school property that participates in the Program;

      (d) A process by which a school district may apply for participation in the Program;

      (e) Requirements for participation by a school district;

      (f) The type of transactions allowed between a renewable energy system generator, a school district and a utility;

      (g) Incentives which may be provided to a school district or school property to encourage participation; and

      (h) Such other parameters as determined by the Commission and are consistent with the development of renewable energy systems at school properties.

      3.  The Program shall be limited to 10 school properties. Not more than 6 school properties from any one school district may participate in the Program.

      4.  The Commission shall adopt the regulations necessary to implement the Program not later than March 1, 2008.

      5.  The Commission shall prepare a report detailing the results of the Program and shall submit the report to the Legislature by December 1, 2008.

      6.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Commission” means the Public Utilities Commission of Nevada.

      (b) “Owned, leased or occupied” includes, without limitation, any real property, building or facilities which are owned, leased or occupied under a deed, lease, contract, license, permit, grant, patent or any other type of legal authorization.

      (c) “Renewable energy system” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 704.7815.

      (d) “School district” [has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 395.0075.] means a county school district created pursuant to chapter 386 of NRS.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3734 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

      (e) “School property” means any real property, building or facilities which are owned, leased or occupied by a public school as defined in NRS 385.007.

      (f) “Utility” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 701B.180.

      Sec. 28.  1.  As soon as practicable after the effective date of this section, the Department of Education shall develop a plan to provide additional resources to the Nevada Plan expressed as a multiplier of the basic support guarantee to meet the unique needs of pupils with disabilities, pupils who are limited English proficient, pupils who are at risk and gifted and talented pupils. In developing the plan, the Department of Education shall review and consider the recommendations made by the Task Force on K-12 Public Education Funding created by chapter 500, Statutes of Nevada 2013, at page 3181. The plan must include, without limitation:

      (a) The amount of the multiplier to the basic support guarantee to be used for each such category of pupils; and

      (b) The date by which the plan should be implemented or phased in, with full implementation occurring not later than Fiscal Year 2021-2022.

      2.  The Department of Education shall submit the plan developed pursuant to subsection 1 to the Legislative Committee on Education for its review and consideration during the 2015-2016 interim. The Legislative Committee on Education shall:

      (a) Review and consider the recommendations made by the Task Force on K-12 Public Education Funding created by chapter 500, Statutes of Nevada 2013, at page 3181;

      (b) Consider the appropriateness and likely effectiveness of the plan developed pursuant to subsection 1 in meeting the unique needs of pupils with disabilities, pupils who are limited English proficient, pupils who are at risk and gifted and talented pupils; and

      (c) On or before October 1, 2016, submit a report to the Governor and the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmittal to the 79th Session of the Legislature that includes, without limitation:

             (1) Any provision of the plan developed pursuant to subsection 1 that should be implemented or phased in, with full implementation occurring not later than Fiscal Year 2021-2022;

             (2) The amount of the multiplier to the basic support guarantee to be used for each category of pupils addressed by the plan; and

             (3) Any recommendations for legislation.

      3.  On or before October 1, 2016, the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall submit to the Governor and the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmittal to the 79th Session of the Nevada Legislature:

      (a) A report of the per pupil expenditures associated with legislative appropriations for pupils with disabilities, pupils who are limited English proficient, pupils who are at risk and gifted and talented pupils.

      (b) Any recommendations for legislation to address the unique needs of pupils with disabilities, pupils who are limited English proficient, pupils who are at risk and gifted and talented pupils.

      4.  During the 2017-2019 biennium and the 2019-2021 biennium, the Department of Education shall review and, if necessary, revise the plan developed pursuant to subsection 1 based upon data available on the costs and expenditures associated with meeting the unique needs of pupils with disabilities, pupils who are limited English proficient, pupils who are at risk and gifted and talented pupils.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3735 (Chapter 536, SB 508)ê

 

and gifted and talented pupils. The Department shall submit any revisions to the plan after its review to the Governor and the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmittal to the next regular session of the Legislature following the 2017-2019 and 2019-2021 bienniums, respectively.

      5.  As used in this section, “pupils who are at risk” means a pupil who is eligible for free or reduced-price lunch pursuant to 42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq., or an alternative measure prescribed by the State Board of Education.

      Sec. 29.  1.  Notwithstanding the provisions of NRS 387.122, as amended by section 8 of this act, the Department shall calculate an amount of funding for each pupil with a disability for Fiscal Year 2016-2017 by dividing the total count of such pupils by the money appropriated by the Legislature for such pupils in Fiscal Year 2016-2017. The Department shall report this multiplier to the basic support guarantee to the State Board of Education, the Interim Finance Committee and the Governor.

      2.  Except as otherwise provided in subsections 3 and 4, the funding provided to each school district and charter school pursuant to subsection 1 must not exceed 13 percent of total pupil enrollment for the school district or charter school.

      3.  If a school district or charter school has reported an enrollment of pupils with disabilities equal to more than 13 percent of total pupil enrollment, the school district or charter school is entitled to receive an amount of money equal to the amount necessary to satisfy requirements for maintenance of effort under federal law.

      4.  A school district or charter school may not receive less funding pursuant to subsection 1 for Fiscal Year 2016-2017 than the amount per pupil with a disability that the school district or charter school received from the State in Fiscal Year 2015-2016.

      Sec. 30. NRS 387.1221, 395.001, 395.0065, 395.0075, 395.008, 395.010, 395.030, 395.040, 395.050 and 395.060 are hereby repealed.

      Sec. 31.  1.  This section and sections 2, 4, 5, 7, 9, 12, 14, 16.5, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 24 and 26 to 29, inclusive, of this act become effective upon passage and approval.

      2.  Sections 1, 3, 6, 8, 10, 15, 20, 23, 25 and 30 of this act become effective on July 1, 2016.

      3.  Sections 11, 13 and 16 of this act become effective on July 1, 2017.

________

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3736ê

 

CHAPTER 537, SB 515

Senate Bill No. 515–Committee on Finance

 

CHAPTER 537

 

[Approved: June 11, 2015]

 

AN ACT relating to education; ensuring sufficient funding for K-12 public education for the 2015-2017 biennium; apportioning the State Distributive School Account in the State General Fund for the 2015-2017 biennium; authorizing certain expenditures; making appropriations for purposes relating to basic support, class-size reduction and other educational purposes; making contingent appropriations for certain educational programs and services; temporarily diverting the money from the State Supplemental School Support Account to the State Distributive School Account for use in funding operating costs and other expenditures of school districts; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.

EXPLANATION – Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between brackets [omitted material] is material to be omitted.

 

THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN

SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:

 

      Section 1.  The basic support guarantee for school districts for operating purposes for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 is an estimated weighted average of $5,710 per pupil. For each respective school district, the basic support guarantee per pupil for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 is:

 

Carson City                                                 $6,908

Churchill                                                      $6,720

Clark                                                             $5,512

Douglas                                                        $5,980

Elko                                                              $7,532

Esmeralda                                                 $24,331

Eureka                                                          $9,633

Humboldt                                                    $6,476

Lander                                                          $4,374

Lincoln                                                       $10,534

Lyon                                                             $7,246

Mineral                                                         $8,980

Nye                                                               $7,766

Pershing                                                        $9,229

Storey                                                           $8,111

Washoe                                                        $5,612

White Pine                                                   $7,799

      Sec. 2.  1.  The basic support guarantee for school districts for operating purposes for Fiscal Year 2016-2017 is an estimated weighted average of $5,774 per pupil.

      2.  On or before April 1, 2016, the Executive Director of the Department of Taxation shall provide to the Superintendent of Public Instruction the certified total of the amount of ad valorem taxes to be received by each school district for Fiscal Year 2016-2017 pursuant to the levy imposed under subsection 1 of NRS 387.195 and credited to the county’s school district fund pursuant to subsection 4 of that section.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3737 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

subsection 1 of NRS 387.195 and credited to the county’s school district fund pursuant to subsection 4 of that section.

      3.  Pursuant to NRS 362.115, on or before March 15 of each year, the Department of Taxation shall provide the estimates required by that section.

      4.  For the purposes of establishing the basic support guarantee, the estimated basic support guarantee per pupil for each school district for Fiscal Year 2016-2017 for operating purposes are:

 

                                                     Basic                                                    Estimated

                                                   Support                                                      Basic

                                                 Guarantee             Estimated                  Support

                                                    Before               Ad Valorem              Guarantee

School District                     Adjustment           Adjustment             as Adjusted

Carson City                                  $6,212                       $784                     $6,996

Churchill                                       $5,962                       $851                     $6,813

Clark                                             $4,717                       $856                     $5,573

Douglas                                         $4,031                   $2,047                     $6,078

Elko                                               $6,655                       $945                     $7,600

Esmeralda                                  $21,801                   $3,024                   $24,825

Eureka                                     ($19,214)                 $29,827                   $10,613

Humboldt                                     $4,755                   $1,909                     $6,664

Lander                                        ($1,152)                   $5,620                     $4,468

Lincoln                                          $9,474                   $1,177                   $10,651

Lyon                                              $6,649                       $694                     $7,343

Mineral                                         $7,916                   $1,273                     $9,189

Nye                                                $6,580                   $1,214                     $7,794

Pershing                                        $7,767                   $1,604                     $9,371

Storey                                            $1,973                   $6,121                     $8,094

Washoe                                         $4,672                       $997                     $5,669

White Pine                                    $6,767                   $1,081                     $7,848

 

      5.  The ad valorem adjustment may be made only to take into account the difference in the ad valorem taxes to be received and the estimated enrollment of the school district between the amount estimated as of March 1, 2015, and the amount estimated as of March 1, 2016, for Fiscal Year 2016-2017. The estimates received from the Department of Taxation on or before March 15 pursuant to subsection 3 must be taken into consideration in determining the adjustment.

      6.  Upon receipt of the certified total of ad valorem taxes to be received by each school district for Fiscal Year 2016-2017 pursuant to subsection 2, the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall recalculate the ad valorem adjustment and the tentative basic support guarantee for operating purposes for each school district for Fiscal Year 2016-2017 based on the certified total of ad valorem taxes provided by the Executive Director of the Department of Taxation pursuant to subsection 2. The final basic support guarantee for each school district for Fiscal Year 2016-2017 is the amount which is recalculated for Fiscal Year 2016-2017 pursuant to this section, taking into consideration the estimates received from the Department of Taxation pursuant to NRS 362.115 on or before March 15, 2016. The basic support guarantee recalculated pursuant to this section must be calculated on or before May 31, 2016.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3738 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

      Sec. 3.  1.  The basic support guarantee for each special education program unit that is maintained and operated for at least 9 months of a school year is $45,455 in Fiscal Year 2015-2016, except as limited by subsection 2.

      2.  The maximum number of units and amount of basic support for special education program units within each of the school districts, before any reallocation pursuant to NRS 387.1221, for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 are:

 

                                                                      Allocation of Special Education Units

                                                                                              2015-2016

DISTRICT                                                         Units                          Amount

Carson City                                                              81                $        3,681,828

Churchill County                                                    47                $        2,136,369

Clark County                                                     1,925                $     87,500,240

Douglas County                                                      70                $        3,181,827

Elko County                                                            84                $        3,818,192

Esmeralda County                                                    1                $             45,455

Eureka County                                                          3                $           136,364

Humboldt County                                                  32                $        1,454,549

Lander County                                                        12                $           545,456

Lincoln County                                                       18                $           818,184

Lyon County                                                           63                $        2,863,644

Mineral County                                                         8                $           363,637

Nye County                                                             58                $        2,636,371

Pershing County                                                      16                $           727,275

Storey County                                                           8                $           363,637

Washoe County                                                    567                $     25,772,798

White Pine County                                            16                $           727,275

Subtotal                                                              3,009                $   136,773,101

Reserved by State Board of Education        40                $        1,818,197

TOTAL                                                              3,049                $   138,591,298

 

      3.  The State Board of Education shall reserve 40 special education program units in Fiscal Year 2015-2016 to be allocated to school districts by the State Board of Education to meet additional needs that cannot be met by the allocations provided in subsection 2 to school districts for that Fiscal Year. In addition, charter schools in this State are authorized to apply directly to the Department of Education for the reserved special education program units, which may be allocated upon approval of the State Board of Education.

      Sec. 4.  1.  The basic support guarantee for each special education program unit that is maintained and operated for at least 9 months of a school year is $55,141 in Fiscal Year 2016-2017, except as limited by subsection 2.

      2.  The maximum number of units and amount of basic support for special education program units within each of the school districts, before any reallocation pursuant to NRS 387.1221, for Fiscal Year 2016-2017 are:

 

                                                                      Allocation of Special Education Units

                                                                                              2016-2017

DISTRICT                                                         Units                          Amount

Carson City                                                              81                $        4,466,437

Churchill County                                                    47                $        2,591,636

Clark County                                                     1,925                $   106,146,810

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3739 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

                                                                      Allocation of Special Education Units

                                                                                              2016-2017

DISTRICT                                                         Units                          Amount

Douglas County                                                      70                $        3,859,884

Elko County                                                            84                $        4,631,861

Esmeralda County                                                    1                $             55,141

Eureka County                                                          3                $           165,424

Humboldt County                                                  32                $        1,764,518

Lander County                                                        12                $           661,694

Lincoln County                                                       18                $           992,542

Lyon County                                                           63                $        3,473,896

Mineral County                                                         8                $           441,130

Nye County                                                             58                $        3,198,190

Pershing County                                                      16                $           882,259

Storey County                                                           8                $           441,130

Washoe County                                                    567                $     31,265,060

White Pine County                                             16                $           882,259

Subtotal                                                              3,009                $   165,919,871

Reserved by State Board of Education          40                $        2,205,648

TOTAL                                                              3,049                $   168,125,519

 

      3.  The State Board of Education shall reserve 40 special education program units in Fiscal Year 2016-2017, to be allocated to school districts by the State Board of Education to meet additional needs that cannot be met by the allocations provided in subsection 2 to school districts for that Fiscal Year. In addition, charter schools in this State are authorized to apply directly to the Department of Education for the reserved special education program units, which may be allocated upon approval of the State Board of Education.

      Sec. 5.  1.  There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the State Distributive School Account created by NRS 387.030 for Fiscal Year 2016-2017, the sum of $168,125,519.

      2.  The money appropriated by subsection 1 must be used only to fund the school districts and charter schools for the enrollment of pupils with disabilities in accordance with the funding multiplier calculated by the Department of Education pursuant to section 29 of Senate Bill No. 508 of this session.

      Sec. 6.  1.  There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the State Distributive School Account created by NRS 387.030:

For the Fiscal Year 2015-2016......................................... $1,093,556,243

For the Fiscal Year 2016-2017......................................... $1,101,624,225

      2.  The money appropriated by subsection 1 must be:

      (a) Expended in accordance with NRS 353.150 to 353.246, inclusive, concerning the allotment, transfer, work program and budget; and

      (b) Work-programmed for the 2 separate fiscal years of the 2015-2017 biennium, as required by NRS 353.215. Work programs may be revised with the approval of the Governor upon the recommendation of the Director of the Office of Finance in the Office of the Governor.

      3.  Transfers to and allotments from must be allowed and made in accordance with NRS 353.215 to 353.225, inclusive, after separate consideration of the merits of each request.

      4.  The money appropriated by subsection 1 is available for either fiscal year or may be transferred to Fiscal Year 2014-2015. Money may be transferred from one fiscal year to another with the approval of the Governor upon the recommendation of the Director of the Office of Finance in the Office of the Governor.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3740 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

transferred from one fiscal year to another with the approval of the Governor upon the recommendation of the Director of the Office of Finance in the Office of the Governor. If any money appropriated by subsection 1 is transferred to Fiscal Year 2014-2015, any remaining funds in the State Distributive School Account after all obligations have been met that are not subject to reversion to the State General Fund must be transferred back to Fiscal Year 2015-2016. Any amount transferred back to Fiscal Year 2015-2016 must not exceed the amount originally transferred to Fiscal Year 2014-2015.

      5.  Any remaining balance of the appropriation made by subsection 1 for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 must be transferred and added to the money appropriated for Fiscal Year 2016-2017 and may be expended as that money is expended.

      6.  Any remaining balance of the appropriation made by subsection 1 for Fiscal Year 2016-2017, including any money added thereto pursuant to the provisions of subsections 3 and 5, must not be committed for expenditure after June 30, 2017, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 15, 2017.

      Sec. 7.  1.  There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the State Distributive School Account created by NRS 387.030:

For the Fiscal Year 2015-2016......................................... $1,093,556,243

For the Fiscal Year 2016-2017............................................ $933,498,706

      2.  The money appropriated by subsection 1 must be:

      (a) Expended in accordance with NRS 353.150 to 353.246, inclusive, concerning the allotment, transfer, work program and budget; and

      (b) Work-programmed for the 2 separate fiscal years of the 2015-2017 biennium, as required by NRS 353.215. Work programs may be revised with the approval of the Governor upon the recommendation of the Director of the Office of Finance in the Office of the Governor.

      3.  Transfers to and allotments from must be allowed and made in accordance with NRS 353.215 to 353.225, inclusive, after separate consideration of the merits of each request.

      4.  The money appropriated by subsection 1 is available for either fiscal year or may be transferred to Fiscal Year 2014-2015. Money may be transferred from one fiscal year to another with the approval of the Governor upon the recommendation of the Director of the Office of Finance in the Office of the Governor. If any money appropriated by subsection 1 is transferred to Fiscal Year 2014-2015, any remaining funds in the State Distributive School Account after all obligations have been met that are not subject to reversion to the State General Fund must be transferred back to Fiscal Year 2015-2016. Any amount transferred back to Fiscal Year 2015-2016 must not exceed the amount originally transferred to Fiscal Year 2014-2015.

      5.  Any remaining balance of the appropriation made by subsection 1 for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 must be transferred and added to the money appropriated for Fiscal Year 2016-2017 and may be expended as that money is expended.

      6.  Any remaining balance of the appropriation made by subsection 1 for Fiscal Year 2016-2017, including any money added thereto pursuant to the provisions of subsections 3 and 5, must not be committed for expenditure after June 30, 2017, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 15, 2017.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3741 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

      Sec. 8.  1.  Expenditure of $318,254,400 by the Department of Education from money in the State Distributive School Account that was not appropriated from the State General Fund is hereby authorized during Fiscal Year 2015-2016.

      2.  Expenditure of $330,072,100 by the Department of Education from money in the State Distributive School Account that was not appropriated from the State General Fund is hereby authorized during Fiscal Year 2016-2017.

      3.  For the purposes of accounting and reporting, the sums authorized for expenditure by subsections 1 and 2 are considered to be expended before any appropriation is made to the State Distributive School Account from the State General Fund.

      4.  The money authorized to be expended by subsections 1 and 2 must be expended in accordance with NRS 353.150 to 353.246, inclusive, concerning the allotment, transfer, work program and budget. Transfers to and allotments from must be allowed and made in accordance with NRS 353.215 to 353.225, inclusive, after separate consideration of the merits of each request.

      5.  The Director of the Office of Finance in the Office of the Governor may, with the approval of the Governor, authorize the augmentation of the amounts authorized for expenditure by the Department of Education in subsections 1 and 2, for the purpose of meeting obligations of the State incurred under chapter 387 of NRS with amounts from any other state agency, from any agency of local government, from any agency of the Federal Government or from any other source that he or she determines is in excess of the amount taken into consideration by this act. The Director of the Office of Finance shall reduce any authorization whenever he or she determines that money to be received will be less than the amount authorized in subsections 1 and 2.

      Sec. 9.  During each fiscal year of the 2015-2017 biennium, whenever the State Controller finds that current claims against the State Distributive School Account exceed the amount available in the Account to pay those claims, the State Controller may advance temporarily from the State General Fund to the State Distributive School Account the amount required to pay the claims, but not more than the amount expected to be received in the current fiscal year from any source authorized for the State Distributive School Account. No amount may be transferred unless requested by the Director of the Office of Finance in the Office of the Governor.

      Sec. 10.  The amounts of the guarantees set forth in sections 1 and 2 of this act may be reduced to effectuate a reserve required pursuant to NRS 353.225.

      Sec. 11.  1.  The Department of Education shall transfer from the State Distributive School Account the following sums for special transportation costs to school districts:

For the Fiscal Year 2015-2016.................................................... $128,541

For the Fiscal Year 2016-2017.................................................... $128,541

      2.  Pursuant to NRS 392.015, the Department of Education shall use the money transferred in subsection 1 to reimburse school districts for the additional costs of transportation for any pupil to a school outside the school district in which his or her residence is located.

      3.  Any remaining balance of the sums transferred by subsection 1 for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017 must not be committed for expenditure after June 30 of each fiscal year and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 16, 2016, and September 15, 2017, for each fiscal year respectively.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3742 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

for expenditure after June 30 of each fiscal year and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 16, 2016, and September 15, 2017, for each fiscal year respectively.

      Sec. 12.  1.  The Department of Education shall transfer from the State Distributive School Account to the school districts the following sums for the National School Lunch Program state match requirement pursuant to NRS 387.105 to reimburse school districts for the costs of providing meals pursuant to 42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq.:

For the Fiscal Year 2015-2016.................................................... $588,732

For the Fiscal Year 2016-2017.................................................... $588,732

      2.  Any remaining balance of the sums transferred by subsection 1 for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017 must not be committed for expenditure after June 30 of each fiscal year and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 16, 2016, and September 15, 2017, for each fiscal year respectively.

      Sec. 13.  Each school district shall expend the revenue made available through this act, as well as other revenue from state, local and federal sources, in a manner which is consistent with NRS 288.150 and which is designed to attain the goals of the Legislature regarding educational reform in this State, especially with regard to assisting pupils in need of remediation and pupils who are not proficient in the English language. Materials and supplies for classrooms are subject to negotiation by employers with recognized employee organizations.

      Sec. 14.  The Legislature hereby finds and declares that:

      1.  Available money is estimated to provide a sufficient number of teachers to achieve in each school district pupil-teacher ratios of 17 pupils per teacher in grades 1 and 2 in Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017, and to achieve a pupil-teacher ratio of 20 pupils per teacher in grade 3 in Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017.

      2.  Certain school districts do not have a sufficient number of classrooms available to permit an average class size of 20 pupils per teacher in grade 3.

      3.  It is unreasonable to assign 2 teachers to classrooms of 40 pupils to attain a district-wide pupil-teacher ratio of 20 pupils per teacher in grade 3.

      4.  School districts may, instead, attain the desired pupil-teacher ratio in classes where core curriculum is taught by using alternative methods of reducing the ratio, such as employing teachers to provide remedial instruction.

      5.  School districts may wish to use money for class-size reduction to carry out programs that have been found to be effective in improving academic achievement.

      6.  The Legislature has specifically designed the laws relating to class-size reduction to allow the local school districts the necessary discretion to effectuate the reduction in the manner appropriate in their respective districts.

      7.  School districts are encouraged, to the extent possible, to further reduce the pupil-teacher ratio in each classroom in the district for grades 1, 2 and 3 for which additional funding is provided.

      8.  The Legislature intends to continue the reduced pupil-teacher ratio for grades 1, 2 and 3 throughout the State.

      Sec. 15.  1.  The Department of Education shall transfer from the State Distributive School Account the sum of $151,066,029 for distribution by the Superintendent of Public Instruction to the county school districts for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 which must, except as otherwise provided in section 17 of this act, be used to employ teachers to comply with the required ratio of pupils to teachers in grades 1, 2 and 3, as set forth in subsection 1 of section 14 of this act.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3743 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

Superintendent of Public Instruction to the county school districts for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 which must, except as otherwise provided in section 17 of this act, be used to employ teachers to comply with the required ratio of pupils to teachers in grades 1, 2 and 3, as set forth in subsection 1 of section 14 of this act. Expenditures for the class-size reduction program must be accounted for in a separate category of expenditure in the State Distributive School Account.

      2.  Except as otherwise provided in section 17 of this act, the money transferred by subsection 1 must be used to pay the salaries and benefits of not less than 1,950 teachers employed by school districts to meet the required pupil-teacher ratios in the 2015-2016 school year.

      3.  Any remaining balance of the money transferred by subsection 1 must not be committed for expenditure after June 30, 2016, and must be transferred and added to the money appropriated to the State Distributive School Account pursuant to section 6 or 7 of this act, whichever becomes effective, for Fiscal Year 2016-2017, and may be expended as the money in section 16 of this act is expended.

      Sec. 16.  1.  The Department of Education shall transfer from the State Distributive School Account the sum of $155,210,241 for distribution by the Superintendent of Public Instruction to the county school districts for Fiscal Year 2016-2017 which must, except as otherwise provided in section 17 of this act, be used to employ teachers to comply with the required ratio of pupils to teachers in grades 1, 2 and 3, as set forth in subsection 1 of section 14 of this act. Expenditures for the class-size reduction program must be accounted for in a separate category of expenditure in the State Distributive School Account.

      2.  Except as otherwise provided in section 17 of this act, the money transferred by subsection 1 must be used to pay the salaries and benefits of not less than 1,974 teachers employed by school districts to meet the required pupil-teacher ratios in the 2016-2017 school year.

      3.  Any remaining balance of the money transferred by subsection 1, including any money added thereto pursuant to section 15 of this act, must not be committed for expenditure after June 30, 2017, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 15, 2017.

      Sec. 17.  1.  The board of trustees of each school district:

      (a) Shall file a plan with the Superintendent of Public Instruction describing how the money transferred pursuant to sections 15 and 16 of this act will be used to comply with the required ratio of pupils to teachers in grades 1, 2 and 3; and

      (b) May, after receiving approval of the plan from the Superintendent of Public Instruction, use the money transferred pursuant to sections 15 and 16 of this act to carry out:

             (1) An alternative program for reducing the ratio of pupils per teacher, including, without limitation, any legislatively approved program of flexibility; or

             (2) Programs of remedial education that have been found to be effective in improving pupil achievement in grades 1, 2 and 3, so long as the combined ratio of pupils per teacher in the aggregate of kindergarten and grades 1, 2 and 3 of the school district does not exceed the combined ratio of pupils per teacher in the aggregate of kindergarten and grades 1, 2 and 3 of the school district in the 2004-2005 school year.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3744 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

Ê The plan approved by the Superintendent of Public Instruction must describe the method to be used by the school district to evaluate the effectiveness of the alternative program or remedial education programs in improving pupil achievement.

      2.  In no event must the provisions of this section be construed to authorize the board of trustees of a school district in a county whose population is 100,000 or more to develop an alternative plan for the reduction of pupil-teacher ratios pursuant to subsection 2 of NRS 388.720.

      Sec. 18.  1.  The money transferred for class-size reduction pursuant to sections 15 and 16 of this act:

      (a) May be applied first to pupils considered most at risk of failure.

      (b) Must not be used to settle or arbitrate disputes between a recognized organization representing employees of a school district and the school district, or to settle any negotiations.

      (c) Must not be used to adjust the district-wide schedules of salaries and benefits of the employees of a school district.

      2.  The money transferred for class-size reduction pursuant to sections 15 and 16 of this act must not be distributed to a school district unless that school district has:

      (a) Filed with the Department of Education a plan required by NRS 388.720 for achieving the required ratio set forth in NRS 388.700; and

      (b) Demonstrated that, from resources of the school district other than allocations received from the State Distributive School Account for class-size reduction, a sufficient number of classroom teachers have been employed to maintain the average pupil-teacher ratio that existed for each grade for grades 1, 2 and 3, in that school district for the 3 school years immediately preceding the start of the class-size reduction program in the 1990-1991 school year.

      Sec. 19.  1.  There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Other State Education Programs Account in the State General Fund the following sums:

For the Fiscal Year 2015-2016............................................... $65,906,998

For the Fiscal Year 2016-2017............................................... $65,243,789

      2.  The money appropriated by subsection 1 must be expended in accordance with NRS 353.150 to 353.246, inclusive, concerning the allotment, transfer, work program and budget. Transfers to and allotments from must be allowed and made in accordance with NRS 353.215 to 353.225, inclusive, after separate consideration of the merits of each request.

      3.  The Department of Education is hereby authorized to expend from the Other State Education Programs Account the sum of $18,260,398 for both Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017 for the support of courses which are approved by the Department of Education as meeting the course of study for an adult standard high school diploma as approved by the State Board of Education. In each fiscal year of the 2015-2017 biennium, the sum authorized must be allocated among the various school districts in accordance with a plan or formula developed by the Department of Education to ensure that the money is distributed equitably and in a manner that permits accounting for the expenditures of school districts.

      4.  Any remaining balance of the allocations made by subsection 3 for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 must be added to the money received by the school districts for Fiscal Year 2016-2017 and may be expended as that money is expended. Any remaining balance of the allocations made by subsection 3 for Fiscal Year 2016-2017, including any such money added from the previous fiscal year, must not be committed for expenditure after June 30, 2017, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 15, 2017.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3745 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

subsection 3 for Fiscal Year 2016-2017, including any such money added from the previous fiscal year, must not be committed for expenditure after June 30, 2017, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 15, 2017.

      5.  The money appropriated by subsection 1 to finance specific programs as outlined in this subsection are available for both Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017 and may be transferred from one fiscal year to the other with the approval of the Interim Finance Committee upon the recommendation of the Governor as follows:

      (a) A total of $49,285 in both Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017 for successful completion of the National Board Teacher Certification Program.

      (b) A total of $668,741 in both Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017 for Counselor National Board Certification.

      (c) A total of $449,142 in both Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017 for LEA library books.

      (d) A total of $10,000,000 in both Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017 to be distributed by the Commission on Educational Technology created by NRS 388.790 to establish a Nevada Ready 21 Technology competitive grant program for statewide one-to-one pupil computing in certain middle schools to provide pupils and teachers with 24-hour access to their own personal, portable, technology device connected wirelessly to the Internet.

      (e) A total of $1,000,000 in both Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017 to establish an incentive grant program to be distributed by the Commission on Educational Technology created by NRS 388.790 to assist schools with broadband and Wide Area Network (WAN) access and improvements. The incentive grant program must contain a match requirement as established by the Commission on Educational Technology.

      (f) A total of $10,443,822 in Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and a total of $12,543,822 in Fiscal Year 2016-2017 for the award of grants for career and technical education pursuant to NRS 388.393 and, notwithstanding the provisions of subsections 1, 2 and 3 of NRS 388.392, not for the use of leadership and training activities and pupil organizations.

      (g) A total of $2,500,000 in Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and a total of $3,586,645 in Fiscal Year 2016-2017 for the Jobs for America’s Graduates Program.

      (h) A total of $850,000, with a maximum of $50,000 to each of the 17 school districts, in both Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017 to support special counseling services for elementary school pupils at risk of failure.

      (i) A total of $18,798 in both Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017 to pay the increase of salaries of professional school library media specialists required by NRS 391.160.

      6.  The sums transferred by subsection 5 are available for either fiscal year. Any remaining balance of those sums must not be committed for expenditure after June 30, 2017, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 15, 2017.

      7.  Except as otherwise provided in subsections 4 and 6, unencumbered balances of the appropriations made by this section for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017 must not be committed for expenditure after June 30 of each fiscal year. Except as otherwise provided in subsections 4 and 6, unencumbered balances of these appropriations revert to the State General Fund on or before September 16, 2016, and September 15, 2017, for each fiscal year respectively.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3746 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

subsections 4 and 6, unencumbered balances of these appropriations revert to the State General Fund on or before September 16, 2016, and September 15, 2017, for each fiscal year respectively.

      Sec. 20.  1.  The Department of Education shall transfer from the Other State Education Programs Account the sum of $5,174,243 in both Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017 for pupils enrolled in school districts and charter schools who qualify for gifted and talented education programs.

      2.  The money transferred by subsection 1 must be distributed on a per pupil basis to pupils who have been identified as gifted and talented through a state-approved assessment or procedure, or both. The Department of Education shall calculate an amount of funding for each pupil identified as gifted and talented for both Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017 by dividing the total final count of such pupils in the immediately preceding fiscal year by the money appropriated by the Legislature for such pupils in Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and in Fiscal Year 2016-2017.

      3.  Any remaining balance of the sums transferred by subsection 1 for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017 must not be committed for expenditure after June 30 of each fiscal year and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 16, 2016, and September 15, 2017, for each fiscal year respectively.

      Sec. 21.  1.  The Department of Education shall transfer from the Other State Education Programs Account the following sums for early childhood education:

For the Fiscal Year 2015-2016................................................. $3,338,875

For the Fiscal Year 2016-2017................................................. $3,338,875

      2.  The money transferred by subsection 1 must be used by the Department of Education for competitive state grants to school districts and community-based organizations for early childhood education programs.

      3.  To receive a grant of money pursuant to subsection 2, school districts and community-based organizations must submit a comprehensive plan to the Department of Education that includes, without limitation:

      (a) A detailed description of the proposed early childhood education program; and

      (b) A description of the manner in which the money will be used, which must supplement and not replace the money that would otherwise be expended for early childhood education programs.

      4.  A school district or community-based organization that receives a grant of money pursuant to this section shall:

      (a) Use the money to establish or expand prekindergarten education programs.

      (b) Use the money to supplement and not replace the money that the school district or community-based organization would otherwise expend for early childhood education programs, as described in this section.

      (c) Use the money to pay for the salaries and other items directly related to the instruction of pupils in the classroom.

Ê The money must not be used to remodel classrooms or facilities or for playground equipment.

      5.  The Department of Education shall develop statewide performance and outcome indicators to measure the effectiveness of the early childhood education programs for which grants of money are awarded pursuant to this section. In developing the indicators, the Department shall establish minimum performance levels and increase the expected performance rates on a yearly basis, based upon the performance results of the participants.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3747 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

minimum performance levels and increase the expected performance rates on a yearly basis, based upon the performance results of the participants. The indicators must include, without limitation:

      (a) Longitudinal measures of the developmental progress of children before and after their completion of the program;

      (b) Longitudinal measures of parental involvement in the program before and after completion of the program; and

      (c) The percentage of participants who drop out of the program before completion.

      6.  The Department of Education shall conduct a longitudinal study of the early childhood education programs of each school district and community-based organization.

      7.  The Department of Education shall, on a biennial basis, provide a written report to the Governor, the Legislative Committee on Education and the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau regarding the effectiveness of the early childhood education programs for which grants of money were received. The report must include, without limitation:

      (a) The number of grants awarded;

      (b) An identification of each school district and community-based organization that received a grant of money and the amount of each grant awarded;

      (c) For each school district and community-based organization that received a grant of money:

             (1) The number of children who received services through a program funded by the grant for each year that the program received funding from the State for early childhood education programs; and

             (2) The average expenditure per child for the program for each year the program received funding from the State for early childhood education programs;

      (d) A description of the programs in this State that are the most effective;

      (e) Based upon the performance of children in the program on established performance and outcome indicators, a description of revised performance and outcome indicators, including any revised minimum performance levels and performance rates; and

      (f) Any recommendations for legislation.

      8.  The money transferred by this section:

      (a) Must be accounted for separately from any other money received by the school districts and charter schools of this State and used only for the purposes specified in this section.

      (b) May not be used to settle or arbitrate disputes between a recognized organization representing employees of a school district and the school district, or to settle any negotiations.

      (c) May not be used to adjust the district-wide schedules of salaries and benefits of the employees of a school district.

      9.  The sums transferred by subsection 1 are available for either fiscal year. Any remaining balance of those sums must not be committed for expenditure after June 30, 2017, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 15, 2017.

      Sec. 22.  1.  The Department of Education shall transfer from the Other State Education Programs Account the following sums for a college and career readiness grant program:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3748 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

For the Fiscal Year 2015-2016................................................. $3,000,000

For the Fiscal Year 2016-2017................................................. $5,000,000

      2.  The money transferred by subsection 1 must be used by the Department of Education for competitive grants to:

      (a) Support dual enrollment for pupils enrolled in high schools, including, without limitation, charter schools, and simultaneously enrolled in college courses; and

      (b) Create a competitive science, technology, engineering and mathematics grant program for pupils enrolled in middle schools and high schools, including, without limitation, charter schools, to assist those pupils in becoming college and career ready.

      3.  The money transferred by subsection 1:

      (a) Must be accounted for separately from any other money received by the school districts and charter schools of this State and used only for the purposes specified in this section.

      (b) May not be used to settle or arbitrate disputes between a recognized organization representing employees of a school district and the school district, or to settle any negotiations.

      (c) May not be used to adjust the district-wide schedules of salaries and benefits of the employees of a school district.

      4.  Any remaining balance of the sums transferred by subsection 1 for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017 must not be committed for expenditure after June 30 of each fiscal year and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 16, 2016, and September 15, 2017, for each fiscal year respectively.

      Sec. 23.  1.  The Department of Education shall transfer from the Other State Education Programs Account for the social worker or other licensed mental health worker grant program, the sum of $5,594,400 for the Fiscal Year 2015-2016.

      2.  The money transferred by subsection 1 must be used by the Department of Education for a block grant program to school districts and charter schools to provide for contract social workers or other licensed mental health workers in schools with identified needs.

      3.  For purposes of the allocations of sums for the block grant program described in subsection 2, eligible licensed social or other mental health workers are defined as the following:

      (a) Licensed Clinical Social Worker;

      (b) Social Worker;

      (c) Social Worker Intern with Supervision;

      (d) Clinical Psychologist;

      (e) Psychologist Intern with Supervision;

      (f) Marriage and Family Therapist;

      (g) Mental Health Counselor;

      (h) Community Health Worker;

      (i) School-Based Health Centers; and

      (j) Licensed Nurse.

      4.  In addition to the transfer made by subsection 1, there is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Interim Finance Committee the sum of $11,188,800 for the Fiscal Year 2016-2017.

      5.  The Department of Education may request a work program revision pursuant to NRS 353.220 of not more than $11,188,800 from the Contingency Account of the Interim Finance Committee for a block grant program to school districts and charter schools to provide for contract social workers or other licensed mental health workers in schools with identified needs.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3749 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

program to school districts and charter schools to provide for contract social workers or other licensed mental health workers in schools with identified needs.

      6.  On or before June 30, 2016, the Department of Education shall report to the Interim Finance Committee the number of licensed professionals for which each school district or charter school has contracted for the Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and the efficacy of the program. The Interim Finance Committee shall determine the amount of money to transfer based on the results of the status report, as reported by the Department of Education.

      7.  Any remaining balance of the sums transferred by subsection 1 for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017 must not be committed for expenditure after June 30 of each fiscal year and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 16, 2016, and September 15, 2017, for each fiscal year respectively.

      8.  Any remaining balance of the appropriation made by subsection 4 for Fiscal Year 2016-2017, must not be committed for expenditure after June 30, 2017, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 15, 2017.

      Sec. 24.  1.  The Department of Education shall transfer from the Other State Education Programs Account the following sums for underperforming schools:

For the Fiscal Year 2015-2016................................................. $2,500,000

For the Fiscal Year 2016-2017................................................. $2,500,000

      2.  The money transferred by subsection 1 must be used by the Department of Education to provide grants and other financial support, within the limits of legislative appropriation, to public schools receiving the lowest two ratings based on the statewide system of accountability to assist those public schools with carrying out their plans to improve the achievement of pupils required by NRS 385.357.

      3.  The money transferred pursuant to subsection 1:

      (a) Must be accounted for separately from any other money received by the school districts and charter schools of this State and used only for the purposes specified in subsection 2.

      (b) May not be used to settle or arbitrate disputes between a recognized organization representing employees of a school district and the school district, or to settle any negotiations.

      (c) May not be used to adjust the district-wide schedules of salaries and benefits of the employees of a school district.

      4.  Any remaining balance of the sums transferred by subsection 1 for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017 must not be committed for expenditure after June 30 of each fiscal year and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 16, 2016, and September 15, 2017, for each fiscal year respectively.

      Sec. 25.  1.  There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Other State Education Programs Account in the State General Fund the following sums which must be used only to carry out the provisions of Senate Bill No. 491 of this session:

For the Fiscal Year 2015-2016................................................. $5,000,000

For the Fiscal Year 2016-2017................................................. $5,000,000

      2.  The money appropriated by subsection 1 must be expended in accordance with NRS 353.150 to 353.246, inclusive, concerning the allotment, transfer, work program and budget. Transfers to and allotments from must be allowed and made in accordance with NRS 353.215 to 353.225, inclusive, after separate consideration of the merits of each request.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3750 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

from must be allowed and made in accordance with NRS 353.215 to 353.225, inclusive, after separate consideration of the merits of each request.

      3.  The money appropriated by subsection 1 is available for either fiscal year. Any remaining balance of those sums must not be committed for expenditure after June 30, 2019, by the entity to which money from the appropriation is granted or otherwise transferred in any manner, and any portion of the appropriated money remaining must not be spent for any purpose after September 20, 2019, by either the entity to which the money was subsequently granted or transferred, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 20, 2019.

      Sec. 26.  1.  There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Other State Education Programs Account in the State General Fund the following sums which must be used only to carry out the provisions of Senate Bill No. 391 of this session:

For the Fiscal Year 2015-2016................................................. $4,879,489

For the Fiscal Year 2016-2017............................................... $22,250,574

      2.  The money appropriated by subsection 1 must be expended in accordance with NRS 353.150 to 353.246, inclusive, concerning the allotment, transfer, work program and budget. Transfers to and allotments from must be allowed and made in accordance with NRS 353.215 to 353.225, inclusive, after separate consideration of the merits of each request.

      3.  Any balance of the money appropriated by subsection 1 remaining at the end of the respective fiscal years must not be committed for expenditure after June 30 of the respective fiscal years by the entity to which the appropriation is made or any entity to which money from the appropriation is granted or otherwise transferred in any manner, and any portion of the appropriated money remaining must not be spent for any purpose after September 16, 2016, and September 15, 2017, respectively, by either the entity to which the money was appropriated or the entity to which the money was subsequently granted or transferred, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 16, 2016, and September 15, 2017, respectively.

      Sec. 27.  1.  There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Account for Programs for Innovation and the Prevention of Remediation created by NRS 387.031 the following sums which must be used only to carry out the provisions of Senate Bill No. 405 of this session:

For the Fiscal Year 2015-2016............................................... $49,950,000

For the Fiscal Year 2016-2017............................................... $49,950,000

      2.  The money appropriated by subsection 1 must be expended in accordance with NRS 353.150 to 353.246, inclusive, concerning the allotment, transfer, work program and budget. Transfers to and allotments from must be allowed and made in accordance with NRS 353.215 to 353.225, inclusive, after separate consideration of the merits of each request.

      3.  The Department shall transfer from the appropriation made by subsection 1 to the school districts specified in this subsection the following sums which must be used only to carry out the provisions of Senate Bill No. 405 of this session for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017, respectively:

School District:                                                2015-2016          2016-2017

Clark County School District                     $39,350,342       $39,350,342

Washoe County School District                  $6,985,838         $6,985,838

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3751 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

      4.  Of the sums appropriated by subsection 1, the Department of Education shall use not more than $3,613,820 in Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and $3,613,820 in Fiscal Year 2016-2017 which must be used only to carry out the provisions of Senate Bill No. 405 of this session to provide grants of money to the State Public Charter School Authority and the school districts, other than the Clark County School District or the Washoe County School District. The board of trustees of a school district and the State Public Charter School Authority may submit an application to the Department on a form prescribed by the Department.

      5.  Any remaining balance of the transfers made by subsection 3 for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 must be added to the money transferred for Fiscal Year 2016-2017 and may be expended as that money is expended. Any remaining balance of the transfers made by subsection 3 for Fiscal Year 2016-2017, including any money added from the previous fiscal year, must not be committed for expenditure after June 30, 2017, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 15, 2017.

      6.  Any remaining balance of the allocations made by subsection 4 for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 must be added to the allocations for Fiscal Year 2016-2017 and may be expended as that money is expended. Any remaining balance of the allocations made pursuant to subsection 4 for Fiscal Year 2016-2017, including any money added from the previous fiscal year, must not be committed for expenditure after June 30, 2017, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 15, 2017.

      7.  Any remaining balance of the appropriation made by subsection 1 must not be committed for expenditure after June 30, 2017, by the entity to which the appropriation is made or any entity to which money from the appropriation is granted or otherwise transferred in any manner, and any portion of the appropriated money remaining must not be spent for any purpose after September 15, 2017, by either the entity to which the money was appropriated or the entity to which the money was subsequently granted or transferred, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 15, 2017.

      Sec. 28.  1.  There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Account for Programs for Innovation and the Prevention of Remediation created by NRS 387.031 the following sums which must be used only to carry out the provisions of Senate Bill No. 432 of this session:

For the Fiscal Year 2015-2016............................................... $24,850,000

For the Fiscal Year 2016-2017............................................... $25,000,000

      2.  The money appropriated by subsection 1 must be expended in accordance with NRS 353.150 to 353.246, inclusive, concerning the allotment, transfer, work program and budget. Transfers to and allotments from must be allowed and made in accordance with NRS 353.215 to 353.225, inclusive, after separate consideration of the merits of each request.

      3.  Any remaining balance of the transfers made to carry out the provisions of Senate Bill No. 432 of this session for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 must be added to the money transferred for Fiscal Year 2016-2017 and may be expended as that money is expended. Any remaining balance of the transfers made to carry out the provisions of Senate Bill No. 432 of this session for Fiscal Year 2016-2017, including any money added from the previous fiscal year, must not be committed for expenditure after June 30, 2017, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 15, 2017.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3752 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

      4.  Any remaining balance of the appropriation made by subsection 1 must not be committed for expenditure after June 30, 2017, by the entity to which the appropriation is made or any entity to which money from the appropriation is granted or otherwise transferred in any manner, and any portion of the appropriated money remaining must not be spent for any purpose after September 15, 2017, by either the entity to which the money was appropriated or the entity to which the money was subsequently granted or transferred, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 15, 2017.

      Sec. 29.  1.  There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Account for Programs for Innovation and the Prevention of Remediation created by NRS 387.031 the following sums:

For the Fiscal Year 2015-2016............................................... $76,073,244

For the Fiscal Year 2016-2017............................................... $97,381,674

      2.  The money appropriated by subsection 1 must be expended in accordance with NRS 353.150 to 353.246, inclusive, concerning the allotment, transfer, work program and budget. Transfers to and allotments from must be allowed and made in accordance with NRS 353.215 to 353.225, inclusive, after separate consideration of the merits of each request.

      3.  Expenditure of $56,018 in both Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017 from money in the Account for Programs for Innovation and the Prevention of Remediation that was not appropriated from the State General Fund is hereby authorized for the full-day kindergarten program.

      4.  For the purposes of accounting and reporting, the sum authorized for expenditure by subsection 3 is considered to be expended before any appropriation is made to the Account for Programs for Innovation and the Prevention of Remediation from the State General Fund.

      5.  The money authorized to be expended by subsection 3 must be expended in accordance with NRS 353.150 to 353.246, inclusive, concerning the allotment, transfer, work program and budget. Transfers to and allotments from must be allowed and made in accordance with NRS 353.215 to 353.225, inclusive, after separate consideration of the merits of each request.

      6.  The Director of the Office of Finance in the Office of the Governor may, with the approval of the Governor, authorize the augmentation of the amounts authorized for expenditure by the Department of Education in subsection 3, for the purpose of meeting obligations of the State incurred under chapter 387 of NRS with amounts from any other state agency, from any agency of local government, from any agency of the Federal Government or from any other source that he or she determines is in excess of the amount taken into consideration by this act. The Director of the Office of Finance shall reduce any authorization whenever he or she determines that money to be received will be less than the amount authorized in subsection 3.

      Sec. 30.  1.  Of the sums appropriated by subsection 1 of section 29 of this act, the following sums must be allocated to the school districts and charter schools for a full-day kindergarten program:

For the Fiscal Year 2015-2016............................................... $75,073,244

For the Fiscal Year 2016-2017............................................... $96,381,674

      2.  The sums allocated by subsection 1 must be distributed by the Department of Education to the school districts and charter schools that elect to provide full-day kindergarten. In no event is a school district or charter school required to provide full-day kindergarten.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3753 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

      3.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 4, a school district or charter school that elects to receive an allocation of money pursuant to this section shall use the money to provide full-day kindergarten in each school within the school district that is prioritized for full-day kindergarten and in each such charter school. A school district shall allocate the money by assigning first priority to those schools within the school district that have the highest percentage of pupils who are eligible for free or reduced price lunches. If a school within a school district or charter school that is required to provide full-day kindergarten pursuant to this section currently provides full-day kindergarten with money that it receives from the Federal Government or other funding allocations, the school may redirect that money, to the extent authorized by applicable federal law, for other programs of remediation at the school and use the money provided by the Department of Education from the allocation to provide full-day kindergarten.

      4.  A school that is otherwise required to provide full-day kindergarten pursuant to subsection 3 may opt out of providing full-day kindergarten.

      5.  A parent or legal guardian of a pupil who is otherwise zoned to attend a public school that provides full-day kindergarten pursuant to this section may request that the pupil not be enrolled in full-day kindergarten. The school district in which the pupil is enrolled shall grant the request and ensure that the pupil is allowed to attend kindergarten, whether at the zoned school or another school, for less than a full day.

      Sec. 31.  Of the sums appropriated by subsection 1 of section 29 of this act, the sum of $1,000,000 in both Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017 may be distributed by the Department of Education to assist school districts which receive an allocation pursuant to section 30 of this act with the purchase of portable classrooms for the provision of full-day kindergarten.

      Sec. 32.  1.  The Department of Education shall allocate the appropriation made by subsection 1 of section 29 of this act to school districts and charter schools that elect to provide full-day kindergarten and any remaining half-day kindergarten programs in the 2015-2016 Fiscal Year and the 2016-2017 Fiscal Year at a ratio of 21 pupils per teacher.

      2.  Notwithstanding the provisions of NRS 388.700 to the contrary, a school district that receives an allocation of money pursuant to subsection 1 may not request a variance from the State Board of Education to exceed the pupil-teacher ratio prescribed by subsection 1. A principal of a school may submit a request to the superintendent of schools of the school district for the school to exceed the pupil-teacher ratio prescribed by subsection 1 by not more than 20 percent or 25 pupils. A principal of a charter school may submit a request to the governing body of the charter school for the charter school to exceed the pupil-teacher ratio prescribed by subsection 1 by not more than 20 percent or 25 pupils. If the superintendent or governing body grants such a request, the superintendent or governing body shall provide written notice to the Department of Education. Each request and approval to exceed the ratio must be made on an individual school basis and not a school-district wide basis. A remote and rural school, as determined by the State Board of Education, may submit a request to the superintendent of schools of the school district in which the school is located or the governing body of a charter school, as applicable, for transmittal to the State Board of Education with a proposed plan of corrective action in instances where the maximum pupil-teacher ratio exceeds 25 pupils to 1 teacher.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3754 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

      3.  The money appropriated by subsection 1 of section 29 of this act:

      (a) Must be accounted for separately from any other money received by the school districts and charter schools of this State and used only for the purposes specified in this section.

      (b) May not be used to settle or arbitrate disputes between a recognized organization representing employees of a school district and the school district, or to settle any negotiations.

      (c) May not be used to adjust the district-wide schedules of salaries and benefits of the employees of a school district.

      (d) May not be used to attain the pupil-teacher ratios for which a school district receives an allocation pursuant to sections 14 to 18, inclusive, of this act.

      4.  A school district and charter school that receives an allocation of money pursuant to subsection 1 shall provide a report to the Department of Education on or before August 1, November 1, February 1 and May 1 that includes:

      (a) The number of teachers employed for kindergarten in order to attain the ratio required by subsection 1;

      (b) The average daily attendance of pupils and the ratio of pupils per licensed teacher for kindergarten;

      (c) The number of schools for which approval was granted by the superintendent of schools of the school district or the governing body of the charter school to exceed the ratio prescribed by subsection 1 by not more than 20 percent or 25 pupils; and

      (d) The number of remote and rural schools for which a proposed plan of corrective action was transmitted to the State Board of Education.

Ê The report must be made for each school at which one or more teachers were employed to attain the ratio required by subsection 1 and must not be made on a school-district wide average.

      5.  Any remaining balance of the allocations made by subsection 1 for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 must be added to the money received by the school districts for Fiscal Year 2016-2017 and may be expended as that money is expended. Any remaining balance of the allocations made by subsection 1 for Fiscal Year 2016-2017, including any such money added from the previous fiscal year, does not revert to the State General Fund.

      Sec. 33.  1.  There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Account for Programs for Innovation and the Prevention of Remediation created by NRS 387.031 the following sums:

For the Fiscal Year 2015-2016................................................. $5,000,000

For the Fiscal Year 2016-2017................................................. $5,000,000

      2.  On or before August 31, 2015, the board of trustees of a school district may apply to the State Board of Education for a grant of money from the money appropriated pursuant to subsection 1 to provide financial incentives to newly hired teachers as described in subsection 3. Each application submitted pursuant to this section must include the number of teachers to whom the board of trustees intends to provide such incentives. On or before October 31, 2015, the State Board shall distribute the money to each board of trustees of a school district that submits an application in proportion to the number of teachers to whom the board of trustees plans to provide incentives.

      3.  Each board of trustees of a school district that receives a grant of money pursuant to subsection 2 must use the money to pay for incentives to newly hired teachers through the program of performance pay and enhanced compensation for the recruitment and retention of licensed teachers and administrators established by the board of trustees pursuant to NRS 391.168.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3755 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

newly hired teachers through the program of performance pay and enhanced compensation for the recruitment and retention of licensed teachers and administrators established by the board of trustees pursuant to NRS 391.168. A board of trustees of a school district may only use such money to provide incentives to licensed teachers who:

      (a) Were not employed by the board of trustees during the 2014-2015 school year; and

      (b) Are employed full-time to teach in a school that:

             (1) Is a Title I school as defined in NRS 385.3467; or

             (2) Received one of the two lowest possible ratings indicating underperformance of a public school, as determined by the Department of Education pursuant to the statewide system of accountability for public schools, for the 2015-2016 school year.

      4.  An incentive provided pursuant to subsection 3 may be used to increase the base salary of a teacher for the 2015-2016 and 2016-2017 school years in an amount not to exceed $5,000 per school year. A teacher who receives such an incentive is not entitled to continue to receive such an incentive after the 2016-2017 school year, and the board of trustees of a school district is not required to pay such an incentive after that school year.

      5.  The board of trustees of a school district that provides an incentive pursuant to subsection 3 shall provide professional development to each teacher who receives such an incentive for each school year for which the teacher receives the incentive.

      6.  Any remaining balance of the appropriation made by subsection 1 for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 must be added to the money received by the school districts for Fiscal Year 2016-2017 and may be expended as that money is expended. Any remaining balance of the appropriation made by subsection 1 for Fiscal Year 2016-2017, including any such money added from the previous fiscal year, does not revert to the State General Fund.

      Sec. 34.  1.  There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Professional Development Programs Account:

For the Fiscal Year 2015-2016................................................. $7,560,948

For the Fiscal Year 2016-2017................................................. $7,560,948

      2.  The money appropriated by subsection 1 must be expended in accordance with NRS 353.150 to 353.246, inclusive, concerning the allotment, transfer, work program and budget. Transfers to and allotments from must be allowed and made in accordance with NRS 353.215 to 353.225, inclusive, after separate consideration of the merits of each request.

      Sec. 35.  1.  Of the sums appropriated by subsection 1 of section 34 of this act, the Department of Education shall transfer the following sums for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017:

School District                                                   2015-2016        2016-2017

Clark County School District                         $3,983,356       $3,983,356

Elko County School District                           $1,243,736       $1,243,736

Washoe County School District                    $2,233,856       $2,233,856

                                              TOTAL:               $7,460,948       $7,460,948

      2.  A school district that receives an allocation pursuant to subsection 1 shall serve as fiscal agent for the respective regional training program for the professional development of teachers and administrators. As fiscal agent, each school district is responsible for the payment, collection and holding of all money received from this State for the maintenance and support of the regional training program for the professional development of teachers and administrators and the Nevada Early Literacy Intervention Program established and operated by the applicable governing body.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3756 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

administrators and the Nevada Early Literacy Intervention Program established and operated by the applicable governing body.

      3.  Any remaining balance of the transfers made by subsection 1 for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 must be added to the money received by the school districts for Fiscal Year 2016-2017 and may be expended as that money is expended. Any remaining balance of the transfers made by subsection 1 for Fiscal Year 2016-2017, including any money added from the transfer for the previous fiscal year, must not be committed for expenditure after June 30, 2017, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 15, 2017.

      Sec. 36.  1.  Of the sums appropriated by subsection 1 of section 34 of this act, the Department of Education shall transfer to the Statewide Council for the Coordination of the Regional Training Programs created by NRS 391.516 the sum of $100,000 in both Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017 for additional training opportunities for educational administrators in Nevada.

      2.  The Statewide Council shall use the money:

      (a) To disseminate research-based knowledge related to effective educational leadership behaviors and skills.

      (b) To develop, support and maintain ongoing activities, programs, training and networking opportunities.

      (c) For the purposes of providing additional training for educational administrators, including, without limitation, to pay:

             (1) Travel expenses of administrators who attend the training program;

             (2) Travel and per diem expenses for any consultants contracted to provide additional training; and

             (3) Any charges to obtain a conference room for the provision of the additional training.

      (d) To supplement and not replace the money that the school district or the regional training program would otherwise expend for the training of administrators as described in this section.

      3.  Any remaining balance of the transfers made by subsection 1 for Fiscal Year 2015-2016 must be added to the money received by the Statewide Council for Fiscal Year 2016-2017 and may be expended as that money is expended. Any remaining balance of the transfers made by subsection 1 for Fiscal Year 2016-2017, including any money added from the transfer for the previous fiscal year, must not be committed for expenditure after June 30, 2017, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 15, 2017.

      Sec. 37.  1.  There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Great Teaching and Leading Fund created by Senate Bill No. 474 of this session the following sums which must be used only to carry out the provisions of Senate Bill No. 474 of this session:

For the Fiscal Year 2015-2016................................................. $4,886,433

For the Fiscal Year 2016-2017................................................. $4,866,478

      2.  The money appropriated by subsection 1 must be expended in accordance with NRS 353.150 to 353.246, inclusive, concerning the allotment, transfer, work program and budget. Transfers to and allotments from must be allowed and made in accordance with NRS 353.215 to 353.225, inclusive, after separate consideration of the merits of each request.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3757 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

      Sec. 38.  1.  There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Contingency Account for Special Education Services created by Senate Bill No. 508 of this session for Fiscal Year 2016-2017, the sum of $5,000,000.

      2.  The money appropriated by subsection 1 must be used only to carry out the provisions of Senate Bill No. 508 of this session relating to the Contingency Account for Special Education Services.

      Sec. 39.  1.  There is hereby appropriated from the State General Fund to the Grant Fund for Incentives for Licensed Educational Personnel created by NRS 391.166 to purchase one-fifth of a year of retirement service credit pursuant to section 5 of chapter 8, Statutes of Nevada 2007, 23rd Special Session, at page 18:

For the Fiscal Year 2015-2016................................................. $2,000,000

For the Fiscal Year 2016-2017................................................. $2,000,000

      2.  The money appropriated by subsection 1 is available for either fiscal year. Any remaining balance of those sums must not be committed for expenditure after June 30, 2017, and must be reverted to the State General Fund on or before September 15, 2017.

      Sec. 40.  1.  Expenditure of the following sums not appropriated from the State General Fund or the State Highway Fund is hereby authorized during Fiscal Year 2015-2016 and Fiscal Year 2016-2017 by the Department of Education for the State Supplemental School Support Account created by NRS 387.191:

For the Fiscal Year 2015-2016............................................ $154,736,000

For the Fiscal Year 2016-2017............................................ $159,212,000

      2.  The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall transfer all money credited to the State Supplemental School Support Account on and after July 1, 2015, through June 30, 2017, to the State Distributive School Account.

      Sec. 41. NRS 387.191 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.191  1.  Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, the proceeds of the tax imposed pursuant to NRS 244.33561 and any applicable penalty or interest must be paid by the county treasurer to the State Treasurer for credit to the State Supplemental School Support Account, which is hereby created in the State General Fund. The county treasurer may retain from the proceeds an amount sufficient to reimburse the county for the actual cost of collecting and administering the tax, to the extent that the county incurs any cost it would not have incurred but for the enactment of this section or NRS 244.33561, but in no case exceeding the amount authorized by statute for this purpose. Any interest or other income earned on the money in the State Supplemental School Support Account must be credited to the Account.

      2.  On and after July 1, [2015,] 2017, the money in the State Supplemental School Support Account is hereby appropriated for the operation of the school districts and charter schools of the state, as provided in this section. The money so appropriated is intended to supplement and not replace any other money appropriated, approved or authorized for expenditure to fund the operation of the public schools for kindergarten through grade 12. Any money that remains in the State Supplemental School Support Account at the end of the fiscal year does not revert to the State General Fund, and the balance in the State Supplemental School Support Account must be carried forward to the next fiscal year.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3758 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

      3.  On or before February 1, May 1, August 1 and November 1 of [2016,] 2018, and on those dates each year thereafter, the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall transfer from the State Supplemental School Support Account all the proceeds of the tax imposed pursuant to NRS 244.33561, including any interest or other income earned thereon, and distribute the proceeds proportionally among the school districts and charter schools of the state. The proportionate amount of money distributed to each school district or charter school must be determined by dividing the number of students enrolled in the school district or charter school by the number of students enrolled in all the school districts and charter schools of the state. For the purposes of this subsection, the enrollment in each school district and the number of students who reside in the district and are enrolled in a charter school must be determined as of the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year. This determination governs the distribution of money pursuant to this subsection until the next annual determination of enrollment is made. The Superintendent may retain from the proceeds of the tax an amount sufficient to reimburse the Superintendent for the actual cost of administering the provisions of this section, to the extent that the Superintendent incurs any cost the Superintendent would not have incurred but for the enactment of this section, but in no case exceeding the amount authorized by statute for this purpose.

      4.  The money received by a school district or charter school from the State Supplemental School Support Account pursuant to this section must be used to improve the achievement of students and for the payment of salaries to attract and retain qualified teachers and other employees, except administrative employees, of the school district or charter school. Nothing contained in this section shall be deemed to impair or restrict the right of employees of the school district or charter school to engage in collective bargaining as provided by chapter 288 of NRS.

      5.  On or before November 10 of [2016,] 2018, and on that date each year thereafter, the board of trustees of each school district and the governing body of each charter school shall prepare a report to the Superintendent of Public Instruction, in the form prescribed by the Superintendent. The report must provide an accounting of the expenditures by the school district or charter school of the money it received from the State Supplemental School Support Account during the preceding fiscal year.

      6.  As used in this section, “administrative employee” means any person who holds a license as an administrator, issued by the Superintendent of Public Instruction, and is employed in that capacity by a school district or charter school.

      Sec. 42. Section 8 of chapter 4, Statutes of Nevada 2009, as last amended by section 28 of chapter 382, Statutes of Nevada 2013, at page 2069, is hereby amended to read as follows:

       Sec. 8.  Transitory provision.

       1.  Notwithstanding the expiration of section 4 of this measure on June 30, 2011, any tax and any interest or penalty owing and unpaid as of that date and collected on or before October 1, 2011, must be paid, deposited and credited to the State General Fund as provided in that section.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3759 (Chapter 537, SB 515)ê

 

       2.  The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall make the initial transfer from the State Supplemental School Support Account, as required by section 6 of this measure, on or before February 1, [2016.] 2018.

       3.  The board of trustees of each school district and the governing body of each charter school shall prepare their initial reports to the Superintendent of Public Instruction, as required by section 6 of this measure, on or before November 10, [2016.] 2018.

      Sec. 43.  If Assembly Bill No. 469 of this session does not become effective, any reference in this act to the Office of Finance in the Office of the Governor shall be deemed to refer to the Budget Division of the Department of Administration and any reference to the Director of the Office shall be deemed to refer to the Chief of the Budget Division.

      Sec. 44.  1.  This section and sections 1, 2, 3, 8 to 24, inclusive, 29 to 36, inclusive, and 39 to 43, inclusive, become effective on July 1, 2015.

      2.  Sections 4 and 6 of this act become effective on July 1, 2015, if and only if Senate Bill No. 508 of this session is not enacted by the Legislature and approved by the Governor.

      3.  Sections 5, 7 and 38 of this act become effective on July 1, 2015, if and only if Senate Bill No. 508 of this session is enacted by the Legislature and approved by the Governor.

      4.  Section 25 of this act becomes effective on July 1, 2015, if and only if Senate Bill No. 491 of this session is enacted by the Legislature and approved by the Governor.

      5.  Section 26 of this act becomes effective on July 1, 2015, if and only if Senate Bill No. 391 of this session is enacted by the Legislature and approved by the Governor.

      6.  Section 27 of this act becomes effective on July 1, 2015, if and only if Senate Bill No. 405 of this session is enacted by the Legislature and approved by the Governor.

      7.  Section 28 of this act becomes effective on July 1, 2015, if and only if Senate Bill No. 432 of this session is enacted by the Legislature and approved by the Governor.

      8.  Section 37 of this act becomes effective on July 1, 2015, if and only if Senate Bill No. 474 of this session is enacted by the Legislature and approved by the Governor.

________

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3760ê

 

CHAPTER 538, SB 266

Senate Bill No. 266–Senators Lipparelli, Hardy; Goicoechea, Hammond, Kieckhefer and Settelmeyer

 

Joint Sponsor: Assemblywoman Kirkpatrick

 

CHAPTER 538

 

[Approved: June 11, 2015]

 

AN ACT relating to taxation; revising provisions relating to the rate, imposition and calculation of the tax on live entertainment; revising provisions governing the exemptions and exclusions from the tax on live entertainment; revising provisions governing the distribution of certain proceeds of the tax on live entertainment; revising various provisions relating to the tax on live entertainment; revising provisions governing investigations and the initiation of complaints by the State Gaming Control Board for violations relating to the tax on live entertainment; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.

Legislative Counsel’s Digest:

      Existing law imposes an excise tax on admission to certain facilities where live entertainment is provided. (Chapter 368A of NRS) Under existing law, if live entertainment is provided at an establishment that is not a licensed gaming establishment or certain smaller licensed gaming establishments, the tax is imposed only if consideration is collected for admission to the area or premises where live entertainment is provided. However, if live entertainment is provided at certain larger licensed gaming establishments, the tax is imposed whenever live entertainment is provided, regardless of whether consideration is collected for admission to the area or premises where the live entertainment is provided. (NRS 368A.060) Section 1.5 of this bill revises these provisions to provide that, regardless of whether live entertainment is provided at a gaming establishment, the tax is imposed only if consideration is collected for admission to the area or premises where live entertainment is provided.

      Under existing law, the rate and imposition of the tax depends upon the size of the facility in which the live entertainment is provided. If the live entertainment is provided at a facility with a maximum occupancy of less than 7,500 persons, the rate of the tax is 10 percent of the admission charge to the facility plus 10 percent of any amounts paid for food, refreshments and merchandise purchased at the facility. If the live entertainment is provided at a facility with a maximum occupancy of at least 7,500 persons, the rate of the tax is 5 percent of the admission charge to the facility. (NRS 368A.200) Section 3 of this bill revises the rate of the tax to provide that: (1) the rate of the tax is 9 percent of the admission charge to a facility where live entertainment is provided; and (2) the tax is not imposed on amounts paid for food, refreshments and merchandise. Sections 1.03, 1.07, 1.5, 2, 2.1, 3 and 3.2 of this bill provide that the tax applies to escorts and escort services and that the rate of the tax is 9 percent of the total amount of consideration paid for the escort or escort service.

      Under existing law, the “admission charge” on which the tax is based is defined as the total amount of consideration paid for the right or privilege to enter, or have access to, a facility where live entertainment is provided. (NRS 368A.010) Section 1.4 of this bill revises this definition to specifically include in the tax membership fees, certain service charges and any other charge that is required to be paid in connection with admission to a facility where live entertainment is provided. Section 1.4 also excludes from the tax: (1) the value of certain admissions provided to a patron on a complimentary basis; (2) a charge for access to a table, seat or lounge or for food, beverages or merchandise that are in addition to the charge for admission to the facility; and (3) certain license and rental fees for luxury suites, boxes or other similar products at a facility with a maximum occupancy of more than 7,500 persons.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3761 (Chapter 538, SB 266)ê

 

      Existing law excludes certain activities from the tax on admission to facilities where live entertainment is provided. (NRS 368A.090, 368A.200) Sections 2 and 3 of this bill remove certain exclusions and, thus, pursuant to section 1.5, these activities would be subject to the tax on live entertainment if they constitute live entertainment and consideration is collected for admission to the facility where the activity is provided. Sections 2 and 3 also add provisions that exclude the following from the tax: (1) certain uncompensated, spontaneous performances; (2) activities that do not constitute a performance, including, without limitation, go-go dancing; (3) certain marketing or promotional activities that are associated with the serving of food and beverages; (4) live entertainment provided by the Nevada Interscholastic Activities Association or by certain schools if only pupils or faculty provide the entertainment; (5) athletic events provided by institutions of the Nevada System of Higher Education, if students of such an institution are contestants in the event; and (6) an athletic event conducted by a professional team based in this State if that team is a participant in the event. Finally, under section 3, the exclusion from the tax for race events at a race track in this State as a part of the National Association for Stock Car Racing (NASCAR) Sprint Cup Series is modified to apply only if two NASCAR races are held at the race track.

      Section 2.5 of this bill sets forth a procedure by which the Nevada Gaming Commission and the Nevada Tax Commission, as applicable, may determine the amount upon which the tax on live entertainment is based under certain circumstances when that amount is not capable of reasonable determination.

      Under existing law, live entertainment provided by certain nonprofit organizations is exempt from the tax on live entertainment. (NRS 368A.200) Section 3 provides that this exemption applies only if the number of tickets to the live entertainment provided by the nonprofit organization which are offered for sale or other distribution to patrons is less than 7,500. Thus, under section 3, the tax on live entertainment applies to any live entertainment provided by a nonprofit organization for which 7,500 or more tickets are offered for sale or other distribution to patrons.

      Existing law requires the State Gaming Control Board and the Department of Taxation to deposit all taxes, interest and penalties they receive from the tax on live entertainment in the State Treasury for credit to the State General Fund. (NRS 368A.240) Section 3.1 of this bill requires the Department of Taxation, on or before October 1 of each year, to deposit $150,000 from the taxes, interest and penalties it receives from the tax on live entertainment, for credit to the Nevada Arts Council which is a division of the Department of Tourism and Cultural Affairs. Under section 3.1, this money is authorized for expenditure by the Nevada Arts Council as a continuing appropriation.

      Existing law requires the State Gaming Control Board to make investigations and to initiate a hearing by filing a complaint with the Nevada Gaming Commission if the Board is satisfied that a person or entity which is licensed, registered, found suitable or found preliminarily suitable or which previously obtained approval for an activity for which Commission approval was required or permitted should be limited, conditioned, suspended, revoked or fined. (NRS 463.310) Section 5 of this bill similarly requires the Board to make investigations and to initiate a hearing by filing a complaint with the Commission if the Board is satisfied that such a person or entity has violated certain provisions relating to the tax on live entertainment.

      Existing law also: (1) requires a licensed gaming establishment to maintain records relating to, report, pay and truthfully account for the tax on live entertainment; and (2) prohibits certain practices relating to falsifying information or books, records or accounts relating to the tax on live entertainment. (NRS 368A.160, 368A.350, 368A.360) Section 4 of this bill provides that a violation of such provisions by a licensed gaming establishment, with the intent to avoid a payment of the tax which is known to be due, is an unsuitable method of operation and is subject to investigation and disciplinary proceedings by the Board and the Commission.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3762 (Chapter 538, SB 266)ê

 

EXPLANATION – Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between brackets [omitted material] is material to be omitted.

 

THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN

SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:

 

      Section 1.  Chapter 368A of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto the provisions set forth as sections 1.03 and 1.07 of this act.

      Sec. 1.03. 1.  “Escort” means a person who, for monetary consideration, in the form of a fee, commission or salary, dates, socializes, visits, consorts with or accompanies, or offers to date, socialize, visit, consort with or accompany, another or others to or about social affairs, entertainments or places of amusement or within any place of public resort or within any private quarters. The term does not include a person who advertises, or works as an employee, agent or independent contractor for a person who advertises, that sexual conduct will be provided to a patron, or who solicits, offers to provide or provides acts of sexual conduct to a patron.

      2.  As used in this section, “sexual conduct” means sexual intercourse, oral-genital contact or any touching of the sexual organs or other intimate parts of a person for the purpose of arousing or gratifying the sexual desire of either person.

      Sec. 1.07. 1.  “Escort service” means a person who, for a fee, commission, profit, payment or other monetary consideration, furnishes, refers or offers to furnish or refer an escort to a patron, offers to introduce a patron to an escort, or who provides an escort to a patron. The term does not include a person who advertises that an escort will provide sexual conduct to a patron or who solicits, offers to provide or provides acts of sexual conduct to a patron.

      2.  As used in this section, “sexual conduct” has the meaning ascribed to it in section 1.03 of this act.

      Sec. 1.3. NRS 368A.010 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      368A.010  As used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires, the words and terms defined in NRS 368A.020 to 368A.115, inclusive, and sections 1.03 and 1.07 of this act have the meanings ascribed to them in those sections.

      Sec. 1.4. NRS 368A.020 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      368A.020  [“Admission]

      1.  Except as otherwise provided in this section, “admission charge” means the total amount, expressed in terms of money, of consideration paid for the right or privilege to enter or have access to a facility where live entertainment is provided. [The]

      2.  Except as otherwise provided in this section or NRS 368A.200 or any other specific statute, the term includes, without limitation, an entertainment fee, a cover charge, [a table reservation fee, or] a required minimum purchase of food, [refreshments] beverages or merchandise [.] , a membership fee and a service charge or any other fee or charge that is required to be paid in exchange for admission to a facility where live entertainment is provided.

      3.  The term does not include:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3763 (Chapter 538, SB 266)ê

 

      (a) The value of an admission to a facility provided to a patron on a complimentary basis, unless the complimentary admission is associated with a separate purchase that is required for the patron to enter or have access to the facility; or

      (b) A charge for the right or privilege of entering, or having access to, a particular portion within a facility, that is in addition to a charge described in subsection 1 or 2, including, without limitation, a charge for:

             (1) Food, beverages or merchandise that is in addition to a required minimum purchase of food, beverages or merchandise as described in subsection 2; or

             (2) Access to tables, seats, lounge chairs or particular areas near a swimming pool.

      4.  Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, the term does not include license or rental fees for luxury suites, boxes or similar products at facilities with a maximum occupancy of at least 7,500 persons. If the license or rental fee includes the admission of a certain number of patrons to a facility where a live entertainment event is provided, the admission charge is an amount equal to the lowest priced admission charge for the live entertainment event multiplied by the number of admissions to the live entertainment event included in the license or rental fee.

      Sec. 1.5. NRS 368A.060 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      368A.060  [1.]  “Facility” means [:

      (a) Any] any area or premises , indoor or outdoor, where live entertainment is provided and for which consideration is collected for the right or privilege of entering , or having access to, that area or those premises . [if the live entertainment is provided at:

             (1) An establishment that is not a licensed gaming establishment; or

             (2) A licensed gaming establishment that is licensed for less than 51 slot machines, less than 6 games, or any combination of slot machines and games within those respective limits.

      (b) Any area or premises where live entertainment is provided if the live entertainment is provided at any other licensed gaming establishment.

      2.  “Facility” encompasses, if live entertainment is provided at a licensed gaming establishment that is licensed for:

      (a) Less than 51 slot machines, less than 6 games, or any combination of slot machines and games within those respective limits, any area or premises where the live entertainment is provided and for which consideration is collected, from one or more patrons, for the right or privilege of entering that area or those premises, even if additional consideration is collected for the right or privilege of entering a smaller venue within that area or those premises; or

      (b) At least 51 slot machines or at least 6 games, any designated area on the premises of the licensed gaming establishment within which the live entertainment is provided.]

      Sec. 2. NRS 368A.090 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      368A.090  1.  “Live entertainment” means any activity provided for pleasure, enjoyment, recreation, relaxation, diversion or other similar purpose by a person or persons who are physically present when providing that activity to a patron or group of patrons who are physically present.

      2.  The term:

      (a) Includes, without limitation, any one or more of the following activities:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3764 (Chapter 538, SB 266)ê

 

             (1) Music or vocals provided by one or more professional or amateur musicians or vocalists;

             (2) Dancing performed by one or more professional or amateur dancers or performers [;] , including, without limitation, dancing performed by one or more persons who are nude or partially nude;

             (3) Acting or drama provided by one or more professional or amateur actors or players;

             (4) Acrobatics or stunts provided by one or more professional or amateur acrobats, performers or stunt persons;

             (5) Animal stunts or performances induced by one or more animal handlers or trainers, except as otherwise provided in subparagraph [(7)] (3) of paragraph (b);

             (6) Athletic or sporting contests, events or exhibitions provided by one or more professional or amateur athletes, sportsmen or sportswomen;

             (7) Comedy or magic provided by one or more professional or amateur comedians, magicians, illusionists, entertainers or performers;

             (8) A show or production involving any combination of the activities described in subparagraphs (1) to (7), inclusive; [and]

             (9) A performance [involving one or more of the activities described in this paragraph] by a disc jockey who presents recorded music [. For the purposes of this subparagraph, a disc jockey shall not be deemed to have engaged in a performance involving one or more of the activities described in this paragraph if the disc jockey generally limits his or her interaction with patrons to introducing the recorded music, making announcements of general interest to patrons, and explaining, encouraging or directing participatory activities between patrons.] ; and

             (10) An escort who is escorting one or more persons at a location or locations in this State.

      (b) [Excludes,] Except as otherwise provided in subsection 3, excludes, without limitation, any one or more of the following activities:

             (1) [Instrumental or vocal music, which may or may not be supplemented with commentary by the musicians, in a restaurant, lounge or similar area if such music does not routinely rise to the volume that interferes with casual conversation and if such music would not generally cause patrons to watch as well as listen;

             (2) Occasional performances by employees whose primary job function is that of preparing, selling or serving food, refreshments or beverages to patrons, if such performances are not advertised as entertainment to the public;

             (3) Performances by performers of any type if the performance occurs in a licensed gaming establishment other than a licensed gaming establishment that is licensed for less than 51 slot machines, less than 6 games, or any combination of slot machines and games within those respective limits, as long as the performers stroll continuously throughout the facility;

             (4) Performances in areas other than in nightclubs, lounges, restaurants or showrooms, if the performances occur in a licensed gaming establishment other than a licensed gaming establishment that is licensed for less than 51 slot machines, less than 6 games, or any combination of slot machines and games within those respective limits, which enhance the theme of the establishment or attract patrons to the areas of the performances, as long as any seating provided in the immediate area of the performers is limited to seating at slot machines or gaming tables;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3765 (Chapter 538, SB 266)ê

 

long as any seating provided in the immediate area of the performers is limited to seating at slot machines or gaming tables;

             (5)] Television, radio, closed circuit or Internet broadcasts of live entertainment;

             [(6)](2) Entertainment provided by a patron or patrons, including, without limitation, singing by patrons or dancing by or between patrons;

             [(7)] (3) Animal behaviors induced by animal trainers or caretakers primarily for the purpose of education and scientific research [; and

             (8) An occasional activity, including, without limitation, dancing, that:

                   (I) Does not constitute a performance;

                   (II) Is not advertised as entertainment to the public;

                   (III) Primarily serves to provide ambience to the facility; and

                   (IV) Is conducted by an employee whose primary job function is not that of an entertainer.] ;

             (4) An activity that is an uncompensated, spontaneous performance that is not longer than 20 minutes during a 60-minute period;

             (5) An activity described in subparagraphs (1) to (8), inclusive, of paragraph (a) that does not constitute a performance, including, without limitation, go-go dancing; or

             (6) Marketing or promotional activities, including, without limitation, dancing or singing that is for a period that does not exceed 20 minutes during a 60-minute period and that is associated with the serving of food and beverages.

      3.  The exclusions set forth in paragraph (b) of subsection 2 do not apply to an activity provided by a nonprofit religious, charitable, fraternal or other organization that qualifies as a tax-exempt organization pursuant to 26 U.S.C. § 501(c), or by a nonprofit corporation organized or existing under the provisions of chapter 82 of NRS, when the number of tickets to the activity offered for sale or other distribution is 15,000 or more.

      4.  As used in this section, “person who is nude or partially nude” means a natural person with any of the following less than completely or opaquely covered:

      (a) His or her genitals;

      (b) The pubic region; or

      (c) A female breast below a point immediately above the top of the areola.

      Sec. 2.1. NRS 368A.110 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      368A.110  “Taxpayer” means:

      1.  [If] Except as otherwise provided in subsection 4, if live entertainment that is taxable under this chapter is provided at a licensed gaming establishment, the person licensed to conduct gaming at that establishment.

      2.  Except as otherwise provided in [subsection] subsections 3 [,] and 4, if live entertainment that is taxable under this chapter is not provided at a licensed gaming establishment, the owner or operator of the facility where the live entertainment is provided.

      3.  [If] Except as otherwise provided in subsection 4, if live entertainment that is taxable under this chapter is provided at a publicly owned facility or on public land, the person who collects the taxable receipts.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3766 (Chapter 538, SB 266)ê

 

      4.  If live entertainment that is taxable under this chapter is provided by an escort, the escort or, if the escort works as an employee, agent or independent contractor for an escort service, the owner or operator of the escort service.

      Sec. 2.5. NRS 368A.150 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      368A.150  1.  If:

      (a) The Board determines that a taxpayer who is a licensed gaming establishment is taking any action with intent to defraud the State or to evade the payment of the tax or any part of the tax imposed by this chapter, the Board shall establish an amount upon which the tax imposed by this chapter must be based.

      (b) The Department determines that a taxpayer who is not a licensed gaming establishment is taking any action with intent to defraud the State or to evade the payment of the tax or any part of the tax imposed by this chapter, the Department shall establish an amount upon which the tax imposed by this chapter must be based.

      2.  The amount established by the Board or the Department pursuant to subsection 1 must be based upon the tax liability of business entities that are deemed comparable by the Board or the Department to that of the taxpayer.

      3.  If:

      (a) The Board determines that a taxpayer who is a licensed gaming establishment is liable for the tax imposed by this chapter but the amount upon which the tax must be based is vague or subjective, not capable of reasonable determination or is the subject of a dispute that cannot be proven to the reasonable satisfaction of the Nevada Gaming Commission, the Nevada Gaming Commission may establish the amount upon which the tax must be based by multiplying the number of admissions to the facility where the live entertainment was provided by an amount not to exceed $50. The provisions of chapter 463 of NRS relating to the imposition of penalties and interest apply to the determination of the amount of tax owed by the taxpayer pursuant to this section.

      (b) The Department determines that a taxpayer who is not a licensed gaming establishment is liable for the tax imposed by this chapter but the amount upon which the tax must be based is vague or subjective, not capable of reasonable determination or is the subject of a dispute that cannot be proven to the reasonable satisfaction of the Nevada Tax Commission, the Nevada Tax Commission may establish the amount upon which the tax must be based by multiplying the number of admissions to the facility where the live entertainment was provided by an amount not to exceed $50. The provisions of chapter 360 of NRS relating to the imposition of penalties and interest apply to the determination of the amount of tax owed by the taxpayer pursuant to this section.

      Sec. 3. NRS 368A.200 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      368A.200  1.  Except as otherwise provided in this section, there is hereby imposed an excise tax on admission to any facility in this State where live entertainment is provided [. If the live entertainment is provided at a facility with a maximum occupancy of:

      (a) Less than 7,500 persons, the] and on the charge for live entertainment provided by an escort at one or more locations in this State. The rate of the tax is [10] :

      (a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b), for admission to a facility in this State where live entertainment is provided, 9 percent of the admission charge to the facility .

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3767 (Chapter 538, SB 266)ê

 

admission charge to the facility . [plus 10 percent of any amounts paid for food, refreshments and merchandise purchased at the facility.]

      (b) [At least 7,500 persons, the rate of the tax is 5] For live entertainment provided by an escort who is escorting one or more persons at a location or locations in this State, 9 percent of the [admission charge to the facility.] total amount, expressed in terms of money, of consideration paid for the live entertainment provided by the escort.

      2.  Amounts paid for:

      (a) Admission charges collected and retained by a nonprofit religious, charitable, fraternal or other organization that qualifies as a tax-exempt organization pursuant to 26 U.S.C. § 501(c), or by a nonprofit corporation organized or existing under the provisions of chapter 82 of NRS, are not taxable pursuant to this section [.] , only if the number of tickets to the live entertainment which are offered for sale or other distribution to patrons, either directly or indirectly through a partner, subsidiary, client, affiliate or other collaborator, is less than 7,500.

      (b) Gratuities directly or indirectly remitted to persons employed at a facility where live entertainment is provided [or for service charges, including those imposed in connection with the use of credit cards or debit cards, which are collected and retained by persons other than the taxpayer] are not taxable pursuant to this section.

      (c) Fees imposed, collected and retained by an independent financial institution in connection with the use of credit cards or debit cards to pay the admission charge to a facility where live entertainment is provided are not taxable pursuant to this section. As used in this paragraph, “independent financial institution” means a financial institution that is not the taxpayer or an owner or operator of the facility where the live entertainment is provided or an affiliate of any of those persons.

      3.  [A business entity that collects any amount that is taxable pursuant to subsection 1 is liable for the tax imposed, but is entitled to collect reimbursement from any person paying that amount.

      4.  Any ticket for live entertainment must state whether the tax imposed by this section is included in the price of the ticket. If the ticket does not include such a statement, the taxpayer shall pay the tax based on the face amount of the ticket.

      5.] The tax imposed by this section must be added to and collected from the purchaser at the time of purchase, whether or not the admission for live entertainment is purchased for resale. Each ticket for admission to a facility where live entertainment is provided must show on its face the admission charge or the seller of the admission shall prominently display a notice disclosing the admission charge at the box office or other place where the charge is made.

      4.  The tax imposed by subsection 1 does not apply to:

      (a) Live entertainment that this State is prohibited from taxing under the Constitution, laws or treaties of the United States or the Nevada Constitution.

      (b) Live entertainment that is governed by the Nevada Interscholastic Activities Association pursuant to NRS 386.420 to 386.470, inclusive, or is provided or sponsored by an elementary school, junior high school, middle school or high school, if only pupils or faculty provide the live entertainment.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3768 (Chapter 538, SB 266)ê

 

      (c) An athletic contest, event, tournament or exhibition provided by an institution of the Nevada System of Higher Education, if students of such an institution are contestants in the contest, event, tournament or exhibition.

      (d) Live entertainment that is provided by or entirely for the benefit of a nonprofit religious, charitable, fraternal or other organization that qualifies as a tax-exempt organization pursuant to 26 U.S.C. § 501(c), or a nonprofit corporation organized or existing under the provisions of chapter 82 of NRS [.

      (c)], only if the number of tickets to the live entertainment which are offered for sale or other distribution to patrons, either directly or indirectly through a partner, subsidiary, client, affiliate or other collaborator, is less than 7,500.

      (e) Any boxing contest or exhibition governed by the provisions of chapter 467 of NRS.

      [(d)](f) Live entertainment that is not provided at a licensed gaming establishment if the facility in which the live entertainment is provided has a maximum occupancy of less than 200 persons.

      [(e)](g) Live entertainment that is provided at a licensed gaming establishment that is licensed for less than 51 slot machines, less than 6 games, or any combination of slot machines and games within those respective limits, if the facility in which the live entertainment is provided has a maximum occupancy of less than 200 persons.

      [(f) Merchandise sold outside the facility in which the live entertainment is provided, unless the purchase of the merchandise entitles the purchaser to admission to the entertainment.

      (g)] (h) Live entertainment that is provided at a trade show.

      [(h)](i) Music performed by musicians who move constantly through the audience if no other form of live entertainment is afforded to the patrons.

      [(i)] (j) Live entertainment that is provided at a licensed gaming establishment at private meetings or dinners attended by members of a particular organization or by a casual assemblage if the purpose of the event is not primarily for entertainment.

      [(j)](k) Live entertainment that is provided in the common area of a shopping mall, unless the entertainment is provided in a facility located within the mall.

      [(k)](l) Food and product demonstrations provided at a shopping mall, a craft show or an establishment that sells grocery products, housewares, hardware or other supplies for the home.

      [(l)](m) Live entertainment that is incidental to an amusement ride, a motion simulator or a similar digital, electronic, mechanical or electromechanical attraction. For the purposes of this paragraph, live entertainment shall be deemed to be incidental to an amusement ride, a motion simulator or a similar digital, electronic, mechanical or electromechanical attraction if the live entertainment is:

             (1) Not the predominant element of the attraction; and

             (2) Not the primary purpose for which the public rides, attends or otherwise participates in the attraction.

      [(m) Live entertainment that is provided to the public in an outdoor area, without any requirements for the payment of an admission charge or the purchase of any food, refreshments or merchandise.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3769 (Chapter 538, SB 266)ê

 

      (n) An outdoor concert, unless the concert is provided on the premises of a licensed gaming establishment.

      (o) Beginning July 1, 2007, race events]

      (n) A race scheduled at a race track in this State [as a part of] and sanctioned by the National Association for Stock Car Auto Racing [Nextel Cup Series, or its successor racing series, and all races associated therewith.

      (p) Beginning July 1, 2007, a baseball contest, event or exhibition conducted by professional minor league baseball players at a stadium in this State.

      (q) Live entertainment provided in a restaurant which is incidental to any other activities conducted in the restaurant or which only serves as ambience so long as there is no charge to the patrons for that entertainment.

      6.  The Commission may adopt regulations establishing a procedure whereby a taxpayer that is a licensed gaming establishment may request an exemption from the tax pursuant to paragraph (q) of subsection 5. The regulations must require the taxpayer to seek an administrative ruling from the Chair of the Board, provide a procedure for appealing that ruling to the Commission and further describe the forms of incidental or ambient entertainment exempted pursuant to that paragraph.

      7.], if two or more such races are held at that race track during the same calendar year.

      (o) An athletic contest, event or exhibition conducted by a professional team based in this State if the professional team based in this State is a participant in the contest, event or exhibition.

      5.  As used in this section, [“maximum] :

      (a) “Affiliate” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 463.0133.

      (b) “Maximum occupancy” means, in the following order of priority:

      [(a)](1) The maximum occupancy of the facility in which live entertainment is provided, as determined by the State Fire Marshal or the local governmental agency that has the authority to determine the maximum occupancy of the facility;

      [(b)](2) If such a maximum occupancy has not been determined, the maximum occupancy of the facility designated in any permit required to be obtained in order to provide the live entertainment; or

      [(c)](3) If such a permit does not designate the maximum occupancy of the facility, the actual seating capacity of the facility in which the live entertainment is provided.

      (c) “Operator” includes, without limitation, a person who operates a facility where live entertainment is provided or who presents, produces or otherwise provides live entertainment.

      Sec. 3.1. NRS 368A.220 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      368A.220  1.  Except as otherwise provided in this section:

      (a) Each taxpayer who is a licensed gaming establishment shall file with the Board, on or before the 15th day of each month, a report showing the amount of all taxable receipts for the preceding month or the month in which the taxable events occurred. The report must be in a form prescribed by the Board.

      (b) All other taxpayers shall file with the Department, on or before the last day of each month, a report showing the amount of all taxable receipts for the preceding month. The report must be in a form prescribed by the Department.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3770 (Chapter 538, SB 266)ê

 

      2.  The Board or the Department, if it deems it necessary to ensure payment to or facilitate the collection by the State of the tax imposed by NRS 368A.200, may require reports to be filed not later than 10 days after the end of each calendar quarter.

      3.  Each report required to be filed by this section must be accompanied by the amount of the tax that is due for the period covered by the report.

      4.  [The] Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, the Board and the Department shall deposit all taxes, interest and penalties [it receives] they receive pursuant to this chapter in the State Treasury for credit to the State General Fund. On or before October 1 of each year, the Department shall deposit $150,000 from the taxes, interest and penalties it receives pursuant to this chapter in the State Treasury for credit to the Nevada Arts Council created by NRS 233C.025. The amount deposited in the State Treasury for credit to the Nevada Arts Council pursuant to this subsection is hereby authorized for expenditure by the Nevada Arts Council as a continuing appropriation.

      Sec. 3.2. NRS 368A.240 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      368A.240  1.  If a taxpayer:

      (a) Is unable to collect all or part of an admission charge [or charges for food, refreshments and merchandise] or charge for live entertainment provided by an escort, which were included in the taxable receipts reported for a previous reporting period; and

      (b) Has taken a deduction on his or her federal income tax return pursuant to 26 U.S.C. § 166(a) for the amount which the taxpayer is unable to collect,

Ê the taxpayer is entitled to receive a credit for the amount of tax paid on account of that uncollected amount. The credit may be used against the amount of tax that the taxpayer is subsequently required to pay pursuant to this chapter.

      2.  If the Internal Revenue Service disallows a deduction described in paragraph (b) of subsection 1 and the taxpayer claimed a credit on a return for a previous reporting period pursuant to subsection 1, the taxpayer shall include the amount of that credit in the amount of taxes reported pursuant to this chapter in the first return filed with the Board or the Department after the deduction is disallowed.

      3.  If a taxpayer collects all or part of an admission charge [or charges for food, refreshments and merchandise] or charge for live entertainment provided by an escort, for which the taxpayer claimed a credit on a return for a previous reporting period pursuant to subsection 2, the taxpayer shall include:

      (a) The amount collected in the charges reported pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 1; and

      (b) The tax payable on the amount collected in the amount of taxes reported,

Ê in the first return filed with the Board or the Department after that collection.

      4.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 5, upon determining that a taxpayer has filed a return which contains one or more violations of the provisions of this section, the Board or the Department shall:

      (a) For the first return of any taxpayer that contains one or more violations, issue a letter of warning to the taxpayer which provides an explanation of the violation or violations contained in the return.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3771 (Chapter 538, SB 266)ê

 

      (b) For the first or second return, other than a return described in paragraph (a), in any calendar year which contains one or more violations, assess a penalty equal to the amount of the tax which was not reported.

      (c) For the third and each subsequent return in any calendar year which contains one or more violations, assess a penalty of three times the amount of the tax which was not reported.

      5.  For the purposes of subsection 4, if the first violation of this section by any taxpayer was determined by the Board or the Department through an audit which covered more than one return of the taxpayer, the Board or the Department shall treat all returns which were determined through the same audit to contain a violation or violations in the manner provided in paragraph (a) of subsection 4.

      Sec. 4. NRS 368A.360 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      368A.360  1.  Any licensed gaming establishment liable for the payment of the tax imposed by NRS 368A.200 who willfully fails to report, pay or truthfully account for the tax is subject to the [revocation of] investigatory or disciplinary proceedings that are set forth in NRS 463.310 to 463.318, inclusive, and may have its gaming license revoked by the Commission.

      2.  A violation of any provision of this chapter, or any regulation adopted pursuant thereto, by a licensed gaming establishment, with the intent to avoid a payment of the tax imposed by NRS 368A.200 which is known to be due, is:

      (a) An unsuitable method of operation; and

      (b) Subject to the investigatory and disciplinary proceedings that are set forth in NRS 463.310 to 463.318, inclusive, and shall be punished as provided in those sections.

      Sec. 4.1. NRS 463.15995 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      463.15995  1.  The Commission shall, with the advice and assistance of the Board, adopt regulations authorizing a gaming licensee to charge a fee for admission to an area in which gaming is conducted in accordance with the provisions of this section.

      2.  The regulations adopted by the Commission pursuant to this section must include, without limitation, provisions that:

      (a) A gaming licensee may not charge a fee pursuant to this section unless:

             (1) The Chair of the Board grants administrative approval of a request by a gaming licensee to charge such a fee; and

             (2) Such administrative approval is not revoked or suspended by the Chair of the Board.

      (b) The Chair of the Board may, in the Chair’s sole and absolute discretion, grant, deny, limit, condition, restrict, revoke or suspend any administrative approval of a request by a gaming licensee to charge a fee pursuant to this section. In considering such a request, the Chair of the Board shall consider all relevant factors, including, without limitation:

             (1) The size of the area;

             (2) The amount of gaming that occurs within the area;

             (3) The types and quantity of gaming offered;

             (4) The business purpose of the area;

             (5) Other amenities that are offered within the area;

             (6) The amount of the costs and expenses incurred in creating the area;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3772 (Chapter 538, SB 266)ê

 

             (7) The benefit to the State in having gaming conducted within the area;

             (8) The amount of the fee charged and whether the fee charged is unreasonable as compared to the prevailing practice within the industry; and

             (9) Whether the area should more appropriately be treated as a gaming salon.

Ê The decision of the Chair of the Board regarding such a request may be appealed by the gaming licensee to the Commission pursuant to its regulations.

      (c) A gaming licensee who charges a fee pursuant to this section:

             (1) Shall deposit with the Board and thereafter maintain a refundable revolving fund in an amount determined by the Commission to pay the expenses of admission of agents of the Board or Commission to the area for which a fee for admission is charged.

             (2) Shall arrange for access by agents of the Board or Commission to the area for which a fee for admission is charged.

             (3) Shall, at all times that a fee is charged for admission to an area pursuant to this section in an establishment for which a nonrestricted license has been issued, provide for the public at least the same number of gaming devices and games in a different area for which no fee is charged for admission.

             (4) Shall, at all times that a fee is charged for admission to an area pursuant to this section in an establishment for which a restricted license has been issued, post a sign of a suitable size in a conspicuous place near the entrance of the establishment that provides notice to patrons that they do not need to pay an admission fee or cover charge to engage in gaming.

             (5) Shall not use a fee charged for admission to create a private gaming area that is not operated in association or conjunction with a nongaming activity, attraction or facility.

             (6) Shall not restrict admission to the area for which a fee for admission is charged to a patron on the ground of race, color, religion, national origin or disability of the patron, and any unresolved dispute with a patron concerning restriction of admission shall be deemed a dispute as to the manner in which a game is conducted pursuant to NRS 463.362 and must be resolved pursuant to NRS 463.362 to 463.366, inclusive.

      (d) If a gaming licensee who holds a nonrestricted license charges a fee pursuant to this section, unless the area for which a fee for admission is charged is otherwise subject to the excise tax on admission to any facility in this State where live entertainment is provided pursuant to chapter 368A of NRS, the determination of the amount of the liability of the gaming licensee for that tax:

             (1) Includes the fees charged for admission pursuant to this section; and

             (2) Does not include charges for food, [refreshments] beverages and merchandise collected in the area for which admission is charged.

      Sec. 5. NRS 463.310 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      463.310  1.  The Board shall make appropriate investigations:

      (a) To determine whether there has been any violation of this chapter or chapter 368A, 462, 464, 465 or 466 of NRS or any regulations adopted thereunder.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3773 (Chapter 538, SB 266)ê

 

      (b) To determine any facts, conditions, practices or matters which it may deem necessary or proper to aid in the enforcement of any such law or regulation.

      (c) To aid in adopting regulations.

      (d) To secure information as a basis for recommending legislation relating to this chapter or chapter 368A, 462, 464, 465 or 466 of NRS.

      (e) As directed by the Commission.

      2.  If, after any investigation the Board is satisfied that:

      (a) A license, registration, finding of suitability, preliminary finding of suitability, pari-mutuel license or prior approval by the Commission of any transaction for which the approval was required or permitted under the provisions of this chapter or chapter 462, 464 or 466 of NRS should be limited, conditioned, suspended or revoked; or

      (b) A person or entity which is licensed, registered, found suitable or found preliminarily suitable pursuant to this chapter or chapter 464 of NRS or which previously obtained approval for any act or transaction for which Commission approval was required or permitted under the provisions of this chapter or chapter 464 of NRS should be fined,

Ê the Board shall initiate a hearing before the Commission by filing a complaint with the Commission in accordance with NRS 463.312 and transmit therewith a summary of evidence in its possession bearing on the matter and the transcript of testimony at any investigative hearing conducted by or on behalf of the Board.

      3.  Upon receipt of the complaint of the Board, the Commission shall review the complaint and all matter presented in support thereof, and shall conduct further proceedings in accordance with NRS 463.3125 to 463.3145, inclusive.

      4.  After the provisions of subsections 1, 2 and 3 have been complied with, the Commission may:

      (a) Limit, condition, suspend or revoke the license of any licensed gaming establishment or the individual license of any licensee without affecting the license of the establishment;

      (b) Limit, condition, suspend or revoke any registration, finding of suitability, preliminary finding of suitability, pari-mutuel license, or prior approval given or granted to any applicant by the Commission;

      (c) Order a licensed gaming establishment to keep an individual licensee from the premises of the licensed gaming establishment or not to pay the licensee any remuneration for services or any profits, income or accruals on the investment of the licensee in the licensed gaming establishment; and

      (d) Fine each person or entity, or both, which is licensed, registered, found suitable or found preliminarily suitable pursuant to this chapter or chapter 464 of NRS or which previously obtained approval for any act or transaction for which Commission approval was required or permitted under the provisions of this chapter or chapter 464 of NRS:

             (1) Not less than $25,000 and not more than $250,000 for each separate violation of any regulation adopted pursuant to NRS 463.125 which is the subject of an initial or subsequent complaint; or

             (2) Except as otherwise provided in subparagraph (1), not more than $100,000 for each separate violation of the provisions of this chapter or chapter 368A, 464 or 465 of NRS or of [the] any regulations [of the Commission] adopted thereunder, which is the subject of an initial complaint and not more than $250,000 for each separate violation of the provisions of this chapter or chapter 368A, 464 or 465 of NRS or of [the] any regulations [of the Commission] adopted thereunder, which is the subject of any subsequent complaint.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3774 (Chapter 538, SB 266)ê

 

provisions of this chapter or chapter 368A, 464 or 465 of NRS or of [the] any regulations [of the Commission] adopted thereunder, which is the subject of any subsequent complaint.

Ê All fines must be paid to the State Treasurer for deposit in the State General Fund.

      5.  For the second violation of any provision of chapter 465 of NRS by any licensed gaming establishment or individual licensee, the Commission shall revoke the license of the establishment or person.

      6.  If the Commission limits, conditions, suspends or revokes any license or imposes a fine, or limits, conditions, suspends or revokes any registration, finding of suitability, preliminary finding of suitability, pari-mutuel license or prior approval, it shall issue its written order therefor after causing to be prepared and filed its written decision upon which the order is based.

      7.  Any such limitation, condition, revocation, suspension or fine so made is effective until reversed upon judicial review, except that the Commission may stay its order pending a rehearing or judicial review upon such terms and conditions as it deems proper.

      8.  Judicial review of any such order or decision of the Commission may be had in accordance with NRS 463.315 to 463.318, inclusive.

      Sec. 6.  Any administrative regulations relating to the tax on live entertainment imposed pursuant to chapter 368A of NRS which were adopted by the Nevada Tax Commission or the Nevada Gaming Commission before July 1, 2015, and which conflict or are inconsistent with the provisions of this act are void, unless those regulations are amended before July 1, 2015, to be consistent with the provisions of this act.

      Sec. 6.5.  The provisions of this act apply only to taxable receipts that are collected pursuant to the provisions of chapter 368A of NRS on or after October 1, 2015.

      Sec. 7.  1.  This section becomes effective upon passage and approval.

      2.  Sections 1 to 6.5, inclusive, of this act become effective upon passage and approval for the purpose of adopting regulations and performing any other preparatory administrative tasks that are necessary to carry out the provisions of this act.

      3.  Section 3.1 of this act becomes effective on July 1, 2015, for all other purposes.

      4.  Sections 1 to 3, inclusive, and 3.2 to 6.5, inclusive, become effective on October 1, 2015, for all other purposes.

________

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3775ê

 

CHAPTER 539, AB 448

Assembly Bill No. 448–Committee on Education

 

CHAPTER 539

 

[Approved: June 11, 2015]

 

AN ACT relating to education; establishing the Achievement School District within the Department of Education; authorizing certain underperforming schools to be converted to achievement charter schools sponsored by the Achievement School District; prescribing requirements for the conversion of a public school to an achievement charter school and the operation of an achievement charter school; providing for the use of certain school buildings by an achievement charter school without compensation; authorizing a school district to provide services to an achievement charter school under certain circumstances; prescribing certain conditions of employment for a teacher at an achievement charter school; authorizing the conversion of an achievement charter school to a public school in a school district or a charter school; revising provisions governing the use of school buildings owned by the board of trustees of the school district by a charter school; making reassignment of the employees of an achievement charter school outside the scope of collective bargaining; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.

Legislative Counsel’s Digest:

      Section 17 of this bill creates the Achievement School District within the Department of Education, and section 18 of this bill requires the Superintendent of Public Instruction to appoint an Executive Director as the chief of the Achievement School District. Section 19 of this bill establishes the Account for the Achievement School District in the State General Fund.

      Existing law establishes the statewide system of accountability for public schools. (NRS 385.3455-385.391) The statewide system of accountability provides for each public school to be rated based on the performance of the school and whether each public school meets the annual measurable objectives and performance targets. (NRS 385.3594) Section 20 of this bill requires the Executive Director to make a list of public schools that demonstrate unsatisfactory pupil achievement and school performance for consideration for conversion to achievement charter schools and submit the list to the State Board of Education for approval. The list must include 20 percent of schools that meet certain criteria, and the State Board must approve for consideration at least 50 percent of the schools on the list. Section 20 authorizes the Executive Director to select up to six of the schools approved by the State Board for conversion to achievement charter schools after: (1) considering data concerning pupil achievement and school performance for the school; (2) considering input from parents of pupils enrolled at the school and other members of the community in which the school is located; and (3) consulting with the board of trustees of the school district in which the school is located.

      Existing law prohibits the conversion of an existing public school to a charter school. (NRS 386.505, 386.506) Sections 11 and 23 of this bill provide that these provisions do not apply to an achievement charter school, thereby allowing the conversion of an existing public school to an achievement charter school.

 

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3776 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      Section 21 of this bill requires the Executive Director of the Achievement School District to evaluate applications and enter into a contract with a charter management organization, educational management organization or other person to operate an achievement charter school. Section 21 also requires the Department to adopt regulations prescribing the process for applying to operate an achievement charter school, which must allow for certain applicants to submit one application to operate more than one achievement charter school. Section 21.5 of this bill provides that the Achievement School District is deemed the sponsor of an achievement charter school and requires the operator of an achievement charter school to appoint a governing body of the achievement charter school. Section 21.5 provides that the governing body may consist of any persons chosen by the operator of the achievement charter school, with certain restrictions. Section 22 of this bill requires the principal of an achievement charter school to determine whether to offer employment at the achievement charter school to the former employees of the public school. Any such employees who are not offered employment at the achievement charter school must be reassigned to another public school in the district. Section 22 also requires the board of trustees of a school district to allow an achievement charter school to operate in the building in which the school was located before conversion to an achievement charter school without compensation and continue to pay capital expenses for the building. The achievement charter school is required to pay for maintenance and operation of the building. Section 22: (1) provides that the board of trustees of a school district is not required to give priority to a capital project at a school that is selected for conversion to an achievement charter school; and (2) prohibits the board of trustees of a school district from reducing the priority of any such capital project that existed before the school was selected for conversion. Section 22 also provides that any pupil who was enrolled in a school before conversion to an achievement charter school must be enrolled in the achievement charter school unless the parent or guardian of the pupil submits written notice that the pupil will not continue to be enrolled at the school. Finally, section 22 limits the amount of loans, advances or other monetary charges that the governing body of an achievement charter school may authorize to be paid to the operator of the achievement charter school. Section 61 of this bill makes the right of a school district to reassign employees who are not retained by an achievement charter school outside the scope of collective bargaining.

      Section 22.5 of this bill enacts provisions necessary for an achievement charter school to be able to receive money available from federal and state categorical grant programs.

      Sections 3-8 and 23 of this bill require an achievement charter school to participate in the statewide system of accountability for public schools.

      Existing law: (1) establishes requirements concerning the availability of certain information concerning charter schools and the operation of a charter school; (2) prohibits a member of the board of trustees of a school district or employee of a school district to solicit gifts or payments from a governing body or employee of a charter school; (3) prohibits the board of trustees of a school district from interfering with the operation of a charter school; (4) prescribes the manner in which money will be apportioned to and paid by a charter school; (5) establishes requirements concerning hiring of personnel at a charter school; (6) requires certain information to be reported by the governing body and sponsor of a charter school; and (7) authorizes a charter school to finance improvements through the issuance of bonds. (NRS 386.545, 386.547, 386.550, 386.553, 386.555, 386.563-386.573, 386.582-386.593 and 386.598-386.649) Section 23 of this bill makes these provisions applicable to an achievement charter school. Section 23 also allows the governing body of an achievement charter school to obtain a waiver of certain requirements concerning the school calendar, testing, curriculum, enrollment, distance education and staffing.

      Existing law authorizes: (1) a charter school that meets certain requirements to apply to the Department for money for facilities; (2) a charter school to take certain actions to expand its facilities; and (3) a pupil at a charter school to participate in classes or extracurricular activities at a public school in a school district. (NRS 386.5515, 386.560, 386.595) Sections 24-26 of this bill enacts similar provisions applicable to achievement charter schools.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3777 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

applicable to achievement charter schools. Section 25 also requires the board of trustees of a school district in which an achievement charter school is located to provide facilities, other than the school building in which the achievement charter school operates, to the achievement charter school or perform certain services to an achievement charter school for compensation upon the request of the Executive Director.

      Sections 27, 31 and 32 of this bill prescribe conditions for employment at an achievement charter school. Sections 28, 30 and 31 of this bill require the board of trustees of a school district to grant a leave of absence of 6 years to a teacher who wishes to accept or continue employment at an achievement charter school and prescribe requirements concerning benefits and tenure of a teacher who takes such a leave of absence.

      Section 33 of this bill allows an achievement charter school that has demonstrated adequate improvement in pupil achievement and school performance to: (1) convert back to a public school under the governance of the board of trustees of the school district in which the school is located; (2) apply to an entity for sponsorship as a charter school and become a charter school outside the Achievement School District; or (3) remain an achievement charter school for at least 6 more years. Section 33 requires an achievement charter school that has not demonstrated adequate improvement to remain an achievement charter school for at least 6 more years, subject to review at least every 3 years thereafter. Section 33 provides that if an achievement charter school converts back to a public school in a school district, the board of trustees of the school district must employ any teacher, administrator or paraprofessional who wishes to continue at the school. Section 34 of this bill requires the Department to adopt regulations to carry out the provisions governing achievement charter schools. Sections 36-38 of this bill exempt an achievement charter school from certain prohibitions on converting an existing public school into a charter school.

      Existing law authorizes a charter school to use school buildings owned by the school district in which the charter school is located only upon approval of the board of trustees of the school district and during times that are not regular school hours. (NRS 386.560) Section 39.5 of this bill removes the limitation on the use of such buildings during regular school hours, but still requires such use to be approved by the board of trustees of the school district.

      Sections 1, 2, 9, 11-16, 35, 39-60, 62-64 and 69 of this bill make conforming changes.

 

EXPLANATION – Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between brackets [omitted material] is material to be omitted.

 

THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN

SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:

 

      Section 1. NRS 385.005 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      385.005  1.  The Legislature reaffirms its intent that public education in the State of Nevada is essentially a matter for local control by local school districts. The provisions of this title are intended to reserve to the boards of trustees of local school districts within this state such rights and powers as are necessary to maintain control of the education of the children within their respective districts. These rights and powers may only be limited by other specific provisions of law.

      2.  The responsibility of establishing a statewide policy of integration or desegregation of public schools is reserved to the Legislature. The responsibility for establishing a local policy of integration or desegregation of public schools consistent with the statewide policy established by the Legislature is delegated to the respective boards of trustees of local school districts and to the governing body of each charter school.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3778 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      3.  The State Board shall, and the State Public Charter School Authority, the Achievement School District, each board of trustees of a local school district, the governing body of each charter school and any other school officer may, advise the Legislature at each regular session of any recommended legislative action to ensure high standards of equality of educational opportunity for all children in the State of Nevada.

      Sec. 2. NRS 385.007 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      385.007  As used in this title, unless the context otherwise requires:

      1.  [“Charter school” means a public school that is formed pursuant to the provisions of NRS 386.490 to 386.649, inclusive.] “Achievement charter school” means a public school operated by a charter management organization, as defined in section 13 of this act, an educational management organization, as defined in section 14 of this act, or other person pursuant to a contract with the Achievement School District pursuant to section 21 of this act and subject to the provisions of sections 12 to 34, inclusive, of this act.

      2.  “Department” means the Department of Education.

      3.  “Homeschooled child” means a child who receives instruction at home and who is exempt from compulsory attendance pursuant to NRS 392.070.

      4.  “Limited English proficient” has the meaning ascribed to it in 20 U.S.C. § 7801(25).

      5.  “Public schools” means all kindergartens and elementary schools, junior high schools and middle schools, high schools, charter schools and any other schools, classes and educational programs which receive their support through public taxation and, except for charter schools, whose textbooks and courses of study are under the control of the State Board.

      6.  “State Board” means the State Board of Education.

      7.  “University school for profoundly gifted pupils” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 392A.040.

      Sec. 3. NRS 385.347 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      385.347  1.  The board of trustees of each school district in this State, in cooperation with associations recognized by the State Board as representing licensed educational personnel in the district, shall adopt a program providing for the accountability of the school district to the residents of the district and to the State Board for the quality of the schools and the educational achievement of the pupils in the district, including, without limitation, pupils enrolled in charter schools sponsored by the school district. The board of trustees of each school district shall report the information required by NRS 385.347 to 385.3495, inclusive, for each charter school sponsored by the school district. The information for charter schools must be reported separately.

      2.  The board of trustees of each school district shall, on or before September 30 of each year, prepare a single annual report of accountability concerning the educational goals and objectives of the school district, the information prescribed by NRS 385.347 to 385.3495, inclusive, and such other information as is directed by the Superintendent of Public Instruction. A separate reporting for a group of pupils must not be made pursuant to NRS 385.347 to 385.3495, inclusive, if the number of pupils in that group is insufficient to yield statistically reliable information or the results would reveal personally identifiable information about an individual pupil. The Department shall use the mechanism approved by the United States Department of Education for the statewide system of accountability for public schools for determining the minimum number of pupils that must be in a group for that group to yield statistically reliable information.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3779 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

Department of Education for the statewide system of accountability for public schools for determining the minimum number of pupils that must be in a group for that group to yield statistically reliable information.

      3.  The State Public Charter School Authority , the Achievement School District and each college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education that sponsors a charter school shall, on or before September 30 of each year, prepare an annual report of accountability of the charter schools sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority , Achievement School District or institution, as applicable, concerning the accountability information prescribed by the Department pursuant to this section. The Department, in consultation with the State Public Charter School Authority , the Achievement School District and each college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education that sponsors a charter school, shall prescribe by regulation the information that must be prepared by the State Public Charter School Authority , Achievement School District and institution, as applicable, which must include, without limitation, the information contained in subsection 2 and NRS 385.347 to 385.3495, inclusive, as applicable to charter schools. The Department shall provide for public dissemination of the annual report of accountability prepared pursuant to this section by posting a copy of the report on the Internet website maintained by the Department.

      4.  The annual report of accountability prepared pursuant to this section must be presented in an understandable and uniform format and, to the extent practicable, provided in a language that parents can understand.

      5.  The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall:

      (a) Prescribe forms for the reports required pursuant to this section and provide the forms to the respective school districts, the State Public Charter School Authority , the Achievement School District and each college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education that sponsors a charter school.

      (b) Provide statistical information and technical assistance to the school districts, the State Public Charter School Authority , the Achievement School District and each college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education that sponsors a charter school to ensure that the reports provide comparable information with respect to each school in each district, each charter school and among the districts and charter schools throughout this State.

      (c) Consult with a representative of the:

             (1) Nevada State Education Association;

             (2) Nevada Association of School Boards;

             (3) Nevada Association of School Administrators;

             (4) Nevada Parent Teacher Association;

             (5) Budget Division of the Department of Administration;

             (6) Legislative Counsel Bureau; and

             (7) Charter School Association of Nevada,

Ê concerning the program and consider any advice or recommendations submitted by the representatives with respect to the program.

      6.  The Superintendent of Public Instruction may consult with representatives of parent groups other than the Nevada Parent Teacher Association concerning the program and consider any advice or recommendations submitted by the representatives with respect to the program.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3780 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      7.  On or before September 30 of each year:

      (a) The board of trustees of each school district, the State Public Charter School Authority , the Achievement School District and each college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education that sponsors a charter school shall provide written notice that the report required pursuant to this section is available on the Internet website maintained by the school district, State Public Charter School Authority , Achievement School District or institution, if any, or otherwise provide written notice of the availability of the report. The written notice must be provided to the:

             (1) Governor;

             (2) State Board;

             (3) Department;

             (4) Committee;

             (5) Bureau; and

             (6) The Attorney General, with a specific reference to the information that is reported pursuant to paragraph (e) of subsection 1 of NRS 385.3483.

      (b) The board of trustees of each school district, the State Public Charter School Authority , the Achievement School District and each college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education that sponsors a charter school shall provide for public dissemination of the annual report of accountability prepared pursuant to this section by posting a copy of the report on the Internet website maintained by the school district, the State Public Charter School Authority , the Achievement School District or the institution, if any. If a school district does not maintain a website, the district shall otherwise provide for public dissemination of the annual report by providing a copy of the report to the schools in the school district, including, without limitation, each charter school sponsored by the district, the residents of the district, and the parents and guardians of pupils enrolled in schools in the district, including, without limitation, each charter school sponsored by the district. If the State Public Charter School Authority , the Achievement School District or the institution does not maintain a website, the State Public Charter School Authority , the Achievement School District or the institution, as applicable, shall otherwise provide for public dissemination of the annual report by providing a copy of the report to each charter school it sponsors and the parents and guardians of pupils enrolled in each charter school it sponsors.

      8.  Upon the request of the Governor, the Attorney General, an entity described in paragraph (a) of subsection 7 or a member of the general public, the board of trustees of a school district, the State Public Charter School Authority , the Achievement School District or a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education that sponsors a charter school, as applicable, shall provide a portion or portions of the report required pursuant to this section.

      Sec. 4. NRS 385.3481 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      385.3481  1.  The annual report of accountability prepared pursuant to NRS 385.347 must include information on the attendance, truancy and transiency of pupils, including, without limitation:

      (a) Records of the attendance and truancy of pupils in all grades, including, without limitation:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3781 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

             (1) The average daily attendance of pupils, for each school in the district and the district as a whole, including, without limitation, each charter school sponsored by the district.

             (2) For each elementary school, middle school and junior high school in the district, including, without limitation, each charter school sponsored by the district that provides instruction to pupils enrolled in a grade level other than high school, information that compares the attendance of the pupils enrolled in the school with the attendance of pupils throughout the district and throughout this State. The information required by this subparagraph must be provided in consultation with the Department to ensure the accuracy of the comparison.

      (b) The number of pupils in each grade who are retained in the same grade pursuant to NRS 392.033 or 392.125, for each school in the district and the district as a whole, including, without limitation, each charter school sponsored by the district.

      (c) The transiency rate of pupils for each school in the district and the district as a whole, including, without limitation, each charter school sponsored by the district. For the purposes of this paragraph, a pupil is not transient if the pupil is transferred to a different school within the school district as a result of a change in the zone of attendance by the board of trustees of the school district pursuant to NRS 388.040.

      (d) The number of habitual truants reported for each school in the district and for the district as a whole, including, without limitation, the number who are:

             (1) Reported to an attendance officer, a school police officer or a local law enforcement agency pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 2 of NRS 392.144;

             (2) Referred to an advisory board to review school attendance pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 2 of NRS 392.144; and

             (3) Referred for the imposition of administrative sanctions pursuant to paragraph (c) of subsection 2 of NRS 392.144.

      2.  On or before September 30 of each year:

      (a) The board of trustees of each school district shall submit to each advisory board to review school attendance created in the county pursuant to NRS 392.126 the information required by paragraph (a) of subsection 1.

      (b) The State Public Charter School Authority , the Achievement School District and each college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education that sponsors a charter school shall submit to each advisory board to review school attendance created in a county pursuant to NRS 392.126 the information regarding the records of the attendance and truancy of pupils enrolled in the charter school located in that county, if any, in accordance with the regulations prescribed by the Department pursuant to subsection 3 of NRS 385.347.

      Sec. 5. NRS 385.3572 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      385.3572  1.  The State Board shall prepare a single annual report of accountability that includes, without limitation the information prescribed by NRS 385.3572 to 385.3592, inclusive.

      2.  A separate reporting for a group of pupils must not be made pursuant to this section and NRS 385.3572 to 385.3592, inclusive, if the number of pupils in that group is insufficient to yield statistically reliable information or the results would reveal personally identifiable information about an individual pupil. The Department shall use the mechanism approved by the United States Department of Education for the statewide system of accountability for public schools for determining the minimum number of pupils that must be in a group for that group to yield statistically reliable information.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3782 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

United States Department of Education for the statewide system of accountability for public schools for determining the minimum number of pupils that must be in a group for that group to yield statistically reliable information.

      3.  The annual report of accountability must:

      (a) Be prepared in a concise manner; and

      (b) Be presented in an understandable and uniform format and, to the extent practicable, provided in a language that parents can understand.

      4.  On or before October 15 of each year, the State Board shall:

      (a) Provide for public dissemination of the annual report of accountability by posting a copy of the report on the Internet website maintained by the Department; and

      (b) Provide written notice that the report is available on the Internet website maintained by the Department. The written notice must be provided to the:

             (1) Governor;

             (2) Committee;

             (3) Bureau;

             (4) Board of Regents of the University of Nevada;

             (5) Board of trustees of each school district;

             (6) Governing body of each charter school;

             (7) Executive Director of the Achievement School District; and

             [(7)](8) The Attorney General, with a specific reference to the information that is reported pursuant to paragraph (e) of subsection 1 of NRS 385.3584.

      5.  Upon the request of the Governor, the Attorney General, an entity described in paragraph (b) of subsection 4 or a member of the general public, the State Board shall provide a portion or portions of the annual report of accountability.

      Sec. 6. NRS 385.3593 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      385.3593  1.  The State Board shall prepare a plan to improve the achievement of pupils enrolled in the public schools in this State. The plan:

      (a) Must be prepared in consultation with:

             (1) Employees of the Department;

             (2) At least one employee of a school district in a county whose population is 100,000 or more, appointed by the Nevada Association of School Boards;

             (3) At least one employee of a school district in a county whose population is less than 100,000, appointed by the Nevada Association of School Boards; and

             (4) At least one representative of the Statewide Council for the Coordination of the Regional Training Programs created by NRS 391.516, appointed by the Council; and

      (b) May be prepared in consultation with:

             (1) Representatives of institutions of higher education;

             (2) Representatives of regional educational laboratories;

             (3) Representatives of outside consultant groups;

             (4) Representatives of the regional training programs for the professional development of teachers and administrators created by NRS 391.512;

             (5) The Bureau; and

             (6) Other persons who the State Board determines are appropriate.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3783 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      2.  A plan to improve the achievement of pupils enrolled in public schools in this State must include:

      (a) A review and analysis of the data upon which the report required pursuant to NRS 385.3572 is based and a review and analysis of any data that is more recent than the data upon which the report is based.

      (b) The identification of any problems or factors common among the school districts or charter schools in this State, as revealed by the review and analysis.

      (c) Strategies based upon scientifically based research, as defined in 20 U.S.C. § 7801(37), that will strengthen the core academic subjects, as set forth in NRS 389.018.

      (d) Strategies to improve the academic achievement of pupils enrolled in public schools in this State, including, without limitation, strategies to:

             (1) Instruct pupils who are not achieving to their fullest potential, including, without limitation:

                   (I) The curriculum appropriate to improve achievement;

                   (II) The manner by which the instruction will improve the achievement and proficiency of pupils on the examinations administered pursuant to NRS 389.550 and 389.805 and the college and career readiness assessment administered pursuant to NRS 389.807; and

                   (III) An identification of the instruction and curriculum that is specifically designed to improve the achievement and proficiency of pupils in each group identified in the statewide system of accountability for public schools;

             (2) Increase the rate of attendance of pupils and reduce the number of pupils who drop out of school;

             (3) Integrate technology into the instructional and administrative programs of the school districts;

             (4) Manage effectively the discipline of pupils; and

             (5) Enhance the professional development offered for the teachers and administrators employed at public schools in this State to include the activities set forth in 20 U.S.C. § 7801(34) and to address the specific needs of the pupils enrolled in public schools in this State, as deemed appropriate by the State Board.

      (e) Strategies designed to provide to the pupils enrolled in middle school, junior high school and high school, the teachers and counselors who provide instruction to those pupils, and the parents and guardians of those pupils information concerning:

             (1) The requirements for admission to an institution of higher education and the opportunities for financial aid;

             (2) The availability of Governor Guinn Millennium Scholarships pursuant to NRS 396.911 to 396.945, inclusive; and

             (3) The need for a pupil to make informed decisions about his or her curriculum in middle school, junior high school and high school in preparation for success after graduation.

      (f) An identification, by category, of the employees of the Department who are responsible for ensuring that each provision of the plan is carried out effectively.

      (g) A timeline for carrying out the plan, including, without limitation:

             (1) The rate of improvement and progress which must be attained annually in meeting the goals and benchmarks established by the State Board pursuant to subsection 3; and

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3784 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

             (2) For each provision of the plan, a timeline for carrying out that provision, including, without limitation, a timeline for monitoring whether the provision is carried out effectively.

      (h) For each provision of the plan, measurable criteria for determining whether the provision has contributed toward improving the academic achievement of pupils, increasing the rate of attendance of pupils and reducing the number of pupils who drop out of school.

      (i) Strategies to improve the allocation of resources from this State, by program and by school district, in a manner that will improve the academic achievement of pupils. If this State has a financial analysis program that is designed to track educational expenditures and revenues to individual schools, the State Board shall use that statewide program in complying with this paragraph. If a statewide program is not available, the State Board shall use the Department’s own financial analysis program in complying with this paragraph.

      (j) Based upon the reallocation of resources set forth in paragraph (i), the resources available to the State Board and the Department to carry out the plan, including, without limitation, a budget for the overall cost of carrying out the plan.

      (k) A summary of the effectiveness of appropriations made by the Legislature to improve the academic achievement of pupils and programs approved by the Legislature to improve the academic achievement of pupils.

      (l) A 5-year strategic plan which identifies the recurring issues in improving the achievement and proficiency of pupils in this State and which establishes strategic goals to address those issues. The 5-year strategic plan must be:

             (1) Based upon the data from previous years which is collected by the Department for the plan developed pursuant to this section; and

             (2) Designed to track the progress made in achieving the strategic goals established by the Department.

      (m) Any additional plans addressing the achievement and proficiency of pupils adopted by the Department.

      3.  The State Board shall:

      (a) In developing the plan to improve the achievement of pupils enrolled in public schools, establish clearly defined goals and benchmarks for improving the achievement of pupils, including, without limitation, goals for:

             (1) Improving proficiency results in core academic subjects;

             (2) Increasing the number of pupils enrolled in public middle schools and junior high schools, including, without limitation, charter schools, who enter public high schools with the skills necessary to succeed in high school;

             (3) Improving the percentage of pupils who enroll in grade 9 and who graduate from a public high school, including, without limitation, a charter school, with a standard or higher diploma upon completion;

             (4) Improving the performance of pupils on standardized college entrance examinations;

             (5) Increasing the percentage of pupils enrolled in high schools who enter postsecondary educational institutions or who are career and workforce ready; and

             (6) Reengaging disengaged youth who have dropped out of high school or who are at risk of dropping out of high school, including, without limitation, a mechanism for tracking and maintaining communication with those youth who have dropped out of school or who are at risk of doing so;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3785 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      (b) Review the plan annually to evaluate the effectiveness of the plan;

      (c) Examine the timeline for implementing the plan and each provision of the plan to determine whether the annual goals and benchmarks have been attained; and

      (d) Based upon the evaluation of the plan, make revisions, as necessary, to ensure that:

             (1) The goals and benchmarks set forth in the plan are being attained in a timely manner; and

             (2) The plan is designed to improve the academic achievement of pupils enrolled in public schools in this State.

      4.  On or before January 31 of each year, the State Board shall submit the plan or the revised plan, as applicable, to the:

      (a) Governor;

      (b) Committee;

      (c) Bureau;

      (d) Board of Regents of the University of Nevada;

      (e) Council to Establish Academic Standards for Public Schools created by NRS 389.510;

      (f) Board of trustees of each school district; [and]

      (g) Governing body of each charter school [.] ; and

      (h) Executive Director of the Achievement School District.

      Sec. 7. NRS 385.3613 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      385.3613  1.  On or before July 31 of each year, the Department shall determine whether each public school is meeting the annual measurable objectives and performance targets established pursuant to the statewide system of accountability for public schools.

      2.  The determination pursuant to subsection 1 for a public school, including, without limitation, a charter school sponsored by the board of trustees of the school district, must be made in consultation with the board of trustees of the school district in which the public school is located. If a charter school is sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority , the Achievement School District or [by] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education, the Department shall make a determination for the charter school in consultation with the State Public Charter School Authority , the Achievement School District or the institution within the Nevada System of Higher Education that sponsors the charter school, as applicable. The determination made for each school must be based only upon the information and data for those pupils who are enrolled in the school for a full academic year. On or before July 31 of each year, the Department shall transmit:

      (a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b) , [or] (c) [,] or (d), the determination made for each public school to the board of trustees of the school district in which the public school is located.

      (b) To the State Public Charter School Authority the determination made for each charter school that is sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority.

      (c) The determination made for the charter school to the Achievement School District if the charter school is sponsored by the Achievement School District.

      (d) The determination made for the charter school to the institution that sponsors the charter school if a charter school is sponsored by a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3786 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      3.  If the number of pupils in a particular group who are enrolled in a public school is insufficient to yield statistically reliable information:

      (a) The Department shall not determine that the school has failed to meet the performance targets established pursuant to the statewide system of accountability for public schools based solely upon that particular group.

      (b) The pupils in such a group must be included in the overall count of pupils enrolled in the school who took the examinations.

Ê The Department shall use the mechanism approved by the United States Department of Education for the statewide system of accountability for public schools for determining the number of pupils that must be in a group for that group to yield statistically reliable information.

      4.  If an irregularity in testing administration or an irregularity in testing security occurs at a school and the irregularity invalidates the test scores of pupils, those test scores must be included in the scores of pupils reported for the school, the attendance of those pupils must be counted towards the total number of pupils who took the examinations and the pupils must be included in the total number of pupils who were required to take the examinations.

      5.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Irregularity in testing administration” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 389.604.

      (b) “Irregularity in testing security” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 389.608.

      Sec. 8. NRS 385.366 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      385.366  1.  Based upon the information received from the Department pursuant to NRS 385.3613, the board of trustees of each school district shall, on or before August 15 of each year, issue a preliminary rating for each public school in the school district in accordance with the statewide system of accountability for public schools, excluding charter schools sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority , the Achievement School District or [by] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education. The board of trustees shall make preliminary ratings for all charter schools that are sponsored by the board of trustees. The Department shall make preliminary ratings for all charter schools [that are] sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority , all charter schools sponsored by the Achievement School District and all charter schools sponsored by a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education.

      2.  Before making a final rating for a school, the board of trustees of the school district or the Department, as applicable, shall provide the school an opportunity to review the data upon which the preliminary rating is based and to present evidence. If the school is a public school of the school district or a charter school sponsored by the board of trustees, the board of trustees of the school district shall, in consultation with the Department, make a final determination concerning the rating for the school on September 15. If the school is a charter school sponsored by the State Public Charter School Authority , the Achievement School District or [by] a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education, the Department shall make a final determination concerning the rating for the school on September 15.

      3.  On or before September 15 of each year, the Department shall provide written notice of the determinations made pursuant to NRS 385.3613 and the final ratings made pursuant to this section as follows:

      (a) The determinations and final ratings made for all schools in this State to the:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3787 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

             (1) Governor;

             (2) State Board;

             (3) Committee; and

             (4) Bureau.

      (b) The determinations and final ratings made for all schools within a school district to the:

             (1) Superintendent of schools of the school district; and

             (2) Board of trustees of the school district.

      (c) The determination and final rating made for each school to the principal of the school.

      (d) The determination and final rating made for each charter school to the sponsor of the charter school.

      Sec. 9. NRS 385.620 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      385.620  The Advisory Council shall:

      1.  Review the policy of parental involvement adopted by the State Board and the policy of parental involvement and family engagement adopted by the board of trustees of each school district pursuant to NRS 392.457;

      2.  Review the information relating to communication with and participation, involvement and engagement of parents and families that is included in the annual report of accountability for each school district pursuant to NRS 385.3495 and similar information in the annual report of accountability prepared by the State Public Charter School Authority, the Achievement School District and a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education that sponsors a charter school pursuant to subsection 3 of NRS 385.347;

      3.  Review any effective practices carried out in individual school districts to increase parental involvement and family engagement and determine the feasibility of carrying out those practices on a statewide basis;

      4.  Review any effective practices carried out in other states to increase parental involvement and family engagement and determine the feasibility of carrying out those practices in this State;

      5.  Identify methods to communicate effectively and provide outreach to parents, legal guardians and families of pupils who have limited time to become involved in the education of their children for various reasons, including, without limitation, work schedules, single-parent homes and other family obligations;

      6.  Identify the manner in which the level of parental involvement and family engagement affects the performance, attendance and discipline of pupils;

      7.  Identify methods to communicate effectively with and provide outreach to parents, legal guardians and families of pupils who are limited English proficient;

      8.  Determine the necessity for the appointment of a statewide parental involvement and family engagement coordinator or a parental involvement and family engagement coordinator in each school district, or both;

      9.  Work in collaboration with the Office of Parental Involvement and Family Engagement created by NRS 385.630 to carry out the duties prescribed in NRS 385.635;

      10.  On or before July 1 of each year, submit a report to the Legislative Committee on Education describing the activities of the Advisory Council and any recommendations for legislation; and

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3788 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      11.  On or before February 1 of each odd-numbered year, submit a report to the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmission to the next regular session of the Legislature describing the activities of the Advisory Council and any recommendations for legislation.

      Sec. 10. Chapter 386 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto the provisions set forth as sections 11 to 34, inclusive, of this act.

      Sec. 11. “Charter school” does not include an achievement charter school, except to the extent provided pursuant to section 23 of this act.

      Sec. 12. As used in sections 12 to 34, inclusive, of this act, unless the context otherwise requires, the words and terms defined in sections 13 to 16, inclusive, of this act have the meanings ascribed to them in those sections.

      Sec. 13. “Charter management organization” means a nonprofit corporation, organization or other entity that provides services relating to the operation and management of charter schools and achievement charter schools.

      Sec. 14. “Educational management organization” means a for-profit corporation, business, organization or other entity that provides services relating to the operation and management of charter schools and achievement charter schools.

      Sec. 15. “Executive Director” means the Executive Director of the Achievement School District created by section 17 of this act.

      Sec. 16. “Public school” does not include a charter school or a university school for profoundly gifted pupils.

      Sec. 17. 1.  The Achievement School District is hereby created within the Department.

      2.  The Achievement School District may employ such persons as it deems necessary to carry out the provisions of sections 12 to 34, inclusive, of this act. The employees of the Achievement School District:

      (a) Must be qualified to carry out the daily responsibilities of overseeing achievement charter schools in accordance with the provisions of sections 12 to 34, inclusive, of this act; and

      (b) Are in the unclassified service of the State and serve at the pleasure of the Executive Director.

      Sec. 18. 1.  The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall appoint an Executive Director of the Achievement School District. The Executive Director shall serve at the pleasure of the Superintendent of Public Instruction.

      2.  The Executive Director is the chief of the Achievement School District. The Executive Director has the powers and duties assigned by sections 12 to 34, inclusive, of this act, and any other applicable law or regulation and such other powers and duties as may be assigned by the Superintendent of Public Instruction.

      3.  The Executive Director shall develop policies and practices for the operation of the Achievement School District that are consistent with state laws and regulations governing achievement charter schools. Such policies and practices must include, without limitation, the manner in which the Achievement School District will maintain oversight of achievement charter schools.

      Sec. 19. 1.  The Account for the Achievement School District is hereby created in the State General Fund, to be administered by the Executive Director.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3789 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      2.  The interest and income earned on the money in the Account must be credited to the Account.

      3.  The money in the Account may be used only for the establishment and maintenance of the Achievement School District.

      4.  Any money remaining in the Account at the end of a fiscal year does not revert to the State General Fund, and the balance in the Account must be carried forward to the next fiscal year.

      5.  The Executive Director and the Achievement School District may accept gifts, grants and bequests to carry out the responsibilities of the Achievement School District pursuant to sections 12 to 34, inclusive, of this act. Any money from gifts, grants and bequests must be deposited in the Account and may be expended in accordance with the terms and conditions of the gift, grant or bequest, or in accordance with this section.

      6.  Claims against the Account must be paid as other claims against the state are paid.

      Sec. 20. 1.  A public school is eligible for conversion to an achievement charter school if:

      (a) Based upon the most recent annual report of the statewide system of accountability for public schools, the public school is an elementary school or middle school that was rated in the lowest 5 percent of elementary or middle schools in this State in pupil achievement and school performance for the most recent school year;

      (b) The public school is a high school that had a graduation rate for the immediately preceding school year of less than 60 percent; or

      (c) Pupil achievement and school performance at the public school is unsatisfactory as determined by the Department pursuant to the criteria established by regulation of the Department.

      2.  Each year, the Executive Director shall submit a list of not less than 20 percent of the public schools that are eligible for conversion to an achievement charter school pursuant to subsection 1 to the State Board for its approval. Within 30 days after the list is submitted, the State Board shall approve at least 50 percent of the schools on the list.

      3.  Each year, the Executive Director may select not more than six public schools approved for consideration by the State Board pursuant to subsection 2 for conversion to achievement charter schools. Before selecting a public school for conversion to an achievement charter school, the Executive Director must:

      (a) Consider available data concerning pupil achievement and school performance for the public school, including, without limitation, data from the statewide system of accountability for public schools and data maintained by the board of trustees of the school district in which the public school is located;

      (b) Solicit, in accordance with any regulations adopted pursuant to section 34 of this act, and consider input from parents of pupils enrolled at the public school and other members of the community in which the public school is located; and

      (c) Consult with the board of trustees of the school district in which the public school is located.

      4.  The Executive Director shall notify a public school selected for conversion to an achievement charter school and the school district in which the public school is located not later than 60 days after making the selection.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3790 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      Sec. 21. 1.  For each public school selected for conversion to an achievement charter school pursuant to section 20 of this act, the Executive Director shall:

      (a) Solicit applications from educational management organizations, charter management organizations and other persons to operate the achievement charter school.

      (b) Provide information to parents of pupils enrolled at the public school concerning programs of instruction that applicants to operate the achievement charter school have proposed to offer at the achievement charter school and, in accordance with any regulations adopted pursuant to section 34 of this act, solicit the input of such parents concerning the needs of such pupils and the ability of the proposed programs of instruction to address those needs.

      (c) Taking into consideration the input provided pursuant to paragraph (b), evaluate the applications submitted to operate the achievement charter school and approve the application that the Executive Director determines is high quality, meets the identified educational needs of pupils and is likely to improve pupil achievement and school performance.

      (d) Negotiate and enter into a contract to operate the achievement charter school directly with the charter management organization, educational management organization or other person whose application is approved pursuant to paragraph (c). A contract to operate an achievement charter school must be for a term of 6 years. The term of the contract begins on the first day on which the contract provides that the educational management organization, charter management organization or other person is responsible for the operation of the achievement charter school.

      (e) Monitor the performance and compliance of each achievement charter school.

      2.  The Department shall adopt regulations that prescribe the process by which a charter management organization, educational management organization or other person may apply to operate an achievement charter school. Such regulations must, without limitation:

      (a) Require each application to include a plan to involve and engage the parents and families of pupils enrolled at the achievement charter school; and

      (b) Authorize a charter management organization, educational management organization or other person to submit one application to operate more than one achievement charter school.

      3.  If a charter management organization, educational management organization or other person applies to operate more than one achievement charter school pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 2, the Department must not approve the application unless any charter school currently operated by the charter management organization, educational management organization or other person meets specific criteria for pupil achievement and school performance established for each such school by the Department.

      Sec. 21.5. 1.  After a contract is entered into pursuant to paragraph (d) of subsection 1 of section 21 of this act, the Achievement School District shall be deemed the sponsor of the achievement charter school for all purposes, including, without limitation, receipt of the sponsorship fee prescribed pursuant to NRS 386.570.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3791 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

school for all purposes, including, without limitation, receipt of the sponsorship fee prescribed pursuant to NRS 386.570.

      2.  The charter management organization, educational management organization or other person with whom the Executive Director enters into a contract to operate the achievement charter school shall appoint the governing body of the achievement charter school, consisting of such persons as deemed appropriate by the charter management organization, educational management organization or other person and who meet the requirements set forth in subsection 3. The governing body has such powers and duties as assigned pursuant to sections 12 to 34, inclusive, of this act and any other applicable law or regulation and by the Executive Director.

      3.  At least two members of the governing body of an achievement charter school must reside in the community in which the achievement charter school is located. A person who is employed by the charter management organization, educational management organization or other person with whom the Executive Director has entered into a contract to operate the achievement charter school may not serve as a voting member of the governing body of the achievement charter school.

      4.  The Executive Director may terminate a contract to operate an achievement charter school before the expiration of the contract under circumstances prescribed by regulation of the Department.

      Sec. 22. 1.  After the governing body of an achievement charter school is appointed pursuant to section 21.5 of this act, the governing body shall select the principal of the achievement charter school. The principal shall review each employee of the achievement charter school to determine whether to offer the employee a position in the achievement charter school based on the needs of the school and the ability of the employee to meet effectively those needs. The board of trustees of the school district in which the achievement charter school is located shall reassign any employee who is not offered a position in the achievement charter school or does not accept such a position in accordance with any collective bargaining agreement negotiated pursuant to chapter 288 of NRS.

      2.  An achievement charter school must continue to operate in the same building in which the school operated before being converted to an achievement charter school. The board of trustees of the school district in which the school is located must provide such use of the building without compensation. While the school is operated as an achievement charter school, the governing body of the achievement charter school shall pay all costs related to the maintenance and operation of the building and the board of trustees shall pay all capital expenses.

      3.  The board of trustees of a school district:

      (a) Is not required to give priority to a capital project at a public school that is selected for conversion to an achievement charter school; and

      (b) Shall not reduce the priority of such a capital project that existed before the school was selected for conversion.

      4.  Any pupil who was enrolled at the school before it was converted to an achievement charter school must be enrolled in the achievement charter school unless the parent or guardian of the pupil submits a written notice to the principal of the achievement charter school that the pupil will not continue to be enrolled in the achievement charter school.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3792 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      5.  The governing body of an achievement charter school shall not authorize the payment of loans, advances or other monetary charges to the charter management organization, educational management organization or other person with whom the Executive Director has entered into a contract to operate the achievement charter school which are greater than 15 percent of the total expected funding to be received by the achievement charter school from the State Distributive School Account.

      Sec. 22.5. 1.  Each achievement charter school is hereby deemed a local educational agency for the purpose of receiving any money available from federal and state categorical grant programs. An achievement charter school that receives money pursuant to such a grant program shall comply with any applicable reporting requirements to receive the grant.

      2.  If an achievement charter school is eligible to receive special education program units, the Department must pay the special education program units directly to the achievement charter school.

      3.  As used in this section, “local educational agency” has the meaning ascribed to it in 20 U.S.C. § 7801(26)(A).

      Sec. 23. 1.  Except as otherwise provided in this section, the provisions of NRS 386.490 to 386.649, inclusive, and section 11 of this act are not applicable to an achievement charter school.

      2.  The provisions of NRS 386.545, 386.547, 386.550, 386.553, 386.555, 386.563 to 386.573, inclusive, 386.582 to 386.588, inclusive, 386.590, 386.593 and 386.598 to 386.649, inclusive, apply to an achievement charter school.

      3.  The governing body of an achievement charter school may submit a written request to the Superintendent of Public Instruction for a waiver from the requirements of paragraphs (f) to (k), inclusive, of subsection 1 of NRS 386.550 or subsection 2 of that section or, except with regard to a program supported with Title I money, NRS 386.590. The Executive Director may grant such a request if the governing body demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Superintendent of Public Instruction that circumstances justify the waiver and that granting the waiver is in the best interest of the pupils enrolled in the achievement charter school.

      Sec. 24. 1.  To the extent money is available from legislative appropriation or otherwise, an achievement charter school may apply to the Department for money for facilities if:

      (a) The achievement charter school has been operating in this State for at least 5 consecutive years and is in good financial standing;

      (b) The Executive Director has determined that the finances of the achievement charter school are being managed in a prudent manner;

      (c) The achievement charter school has met or exceeded the annual measurable objectives and performance targets established pursuant to the statewide system of accountability for public schools or has demonstrated improvement in the achievement of pupils enrolled in the achievement charter school, as indicated by those annual measurable objectives and performance targets, for the majority of the years of its operation; and

      (d) At least 75 percent of the pupils enrolled in grade 12 in the achievement charter school in the immediately preceding school year have satisfied the criteria prescribed by the State Board pursuant to NRS 389.805, if the achievement charter school enrolls pupils at a high school grade level.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3793 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      2.  An achievement charter school that does not satisfy the requirements of subsection 1 shall submit a quarterly report of the financial status of the achievement charter school if requested by the Executive Director.

      Sec. 25. 1.  Upon request of the Executive Director, the board of trustees of the school district in which an achievement charter school is located shall provide facilities to operate the achievement charter school, in addition to and not including the building in which the achievement charter school operates pursuant to section 22 of this act, or perform any service relating to the operation of the achievement charter school, including, without limitation, transportation, the provision of health services for pupils who are enrolled in the achievement charter school and the provision of school police officers. The governing body of the achievement charter school shall reimburse the board of trustees for the cost of such facilities and services. If a dispute arises between the governing body of an achievement charter school or the Executive Director and the board of trustees of a school district concerning the cost of such facilities and services to be reimbursed, the Superintendent of Public Instruction must determine the cost to be reimbursed.

      2.  In addition to the school building used by the Achievement School District pursuant to section 22 of this act, an achievement charter school may use any public facility located within the school district in which the achievement charter school is located. An achievement charter school may use school buildings owned by the school district only upon approval of the board of trustees of the school district.

      3.  The board of trustees of a school district may donate surplus personal property of the school district to an achievement charter school that is located within the school district.

      4.  An achievement charter school may:

      (a) Acquire by construction, purchase, devise, gift, exchange or lease, or any combination of those methods, and construct, reconstruct, improve, maintain, equip and furnish any building, structure or property to be used for any of its educational purposes and the related appurtenances, easements, rights-of-way, improvements, paving, utilities, landscaping, parking facilities and lands;

      (b) Mortgage, pledge or otherwise encumber all or any part of its property or assets;

      (c) Borrow money and otherwise incur indebtedness; and

      (d) Use public money to purchase real property or buildings with the approval of the Achievement School District.

      5.  To the extent money is available from legislative appropriation or otherwise, an achievement charter school may apply to the Department for money for facilities if it meets the requirements prescribed by regulation of the Department.

      Sec. 26. 1.  Except as otherwise provided in this section, upon the request of a parent or legal guardian of a pupil who is enrolled in an achievement charter school, the board of trustees of the school district in which the pupil resides shall authorize the pupil to participate in a class that is not available to the pupil at the achievement charter school or participate in an extracurricular activity, excluding sports, at a public school within the school district if:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3794 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      (a) Space for the pupil in the class or extracurricular activity is available; and

      (b) The parent or legal guardian demonstrates to the satisfaction of the board of trustees that the pupil is qualified to participate in the class or extracurricular activity.

      2.  If the board of trustees of a school district authorizes a pupil to participate in a class or extracurricular activity, excluding sports, pursuant to subsection 1, the board of trustees is not required to provide transportation for the pupil to attend the class or activity.

      3.  Upon the request of a parent or legal guardian of a pupil who is enrolled in an achievement charter school, the board of trustees of the school district in which the pupil resides shall authorize the pupil to participate in sports at the public school that he or she would otherwise be required to attend within the school district or, upon approval of the board of trustees, any public school within the same zone of attendance as the achievement charter school if:

      (a) Space is available for the pupil to participate; and

      (b) The parent or legal guardian demonstrates to the satisfaction of the board of trustees that the pupil is qualified to participate.

      4.  If the board of trustees of a school district authorizes a pupil to participate in sports pursuant to subsection 3, the board of trustees is not required to provide transportation for the pupil to participate.

      5.  The board of trustees of a school district may revoke its approval for a pupil to participate in a class, extracurricular activity or sport at a public school pursuant to subsections 1 or 3 if the board of trustees or the public school determines that the pupil has failed to comply with applicable statutes, or applicable rules and regulations of the board of trustees, the public school or the Nevada Interscholastic Activities Association. If the board of trustees so revokes its approval, neither the board of trustees nor the public school is liable for any damages relating to the denial of services to the pupil.

      Sec. 27. 1.  All employees of an achievement charter school shall be deemed public employees and are not employees of the Department.

      2.  Except as otherwise provided in a collective bargaining agreement entered into by the governing body of an achievement charter school pursuant to chapter 288 of NRS, the principal of an achievement charter school may make:

      (a) All decisions concerning the terms and conditions of employment with the achievement charter school and any other matter relating to employment with the achievement charter school; and

      (b) All employment decisions with regard to the employees of the achievement charter school pursuant to NRS 391.311 to 391.3197, inclusive.

      3.  Upon the request of the governing body of an achievement charter school, the board of trustees of a school district shall, with the permission of the licensed employee who is seeking employment with the achievement charter school, transmit to the governing body a copy of the employment record of the employee that is maintained by the school district. The employment record must include, without limitation, each evaluation of the licensed employee conducted by the school district and any disciplinary action taken by the school district against the licensed employee.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3795 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      Sec. 28. 1.  Except as otherwise provided in this section, if the contract to operate an achievement charter school is terminated or if an achievement charter school ceases to operate as an achievement charter school or charter school, the licensed employees of the achievement charter school must be reassigned to employment within the school district in accordance with the applicable collective bargaining agreement.

      2.  A school district is not required to reassign a licensed employee of an achievement charter school pursuant to subsection 1 if the employee:

      (a) Was not granted a leave of absence by the school district to accept employment at the achievement charter school pursuant to section 29 of this act;

      (b) Was granted a leave of absence by the school district and did not submit a written request to return to employment with the school district in accordance with section 29 of this act; or

      (c) Does not comply with or is otherwise not eligible to return to employment pursuant to section 30 of this act, including, without limitation, the refusal of the licensed employee to allow the school district to obtain the employment record of the employee that is maintained by the achievement charter school.

      Sec. 29. 1.  The board of trustees of a school district shall grant a leave of absence, not to exceed 6 years, to any licensed employee who is employed by the board of trustees who requests such a leave of absence to accept or continue employment with an achievement charter school.

      2.  After any of the first 5 school years in which a licensed employee is on a leave of absence, the employee may return to a comparable teaching position with the board of trustees. After the sixth school year, a licensed employee shall either submit a written request to return to a comparable teaching position or resign from the position for which the employee’s leave was granted.

      3.  The board of trustees shall grant a written request to return to a comparable position pursuant to subsection 2 even if the return of the licensed employee requires the board of trustees to reduce the existing workforce of the school district.

      4.  The board of trustees is not required to accept the return of a licensed employee if the employee does not comply with or is otherwise not eligible to return to employment pursuant to section 30 of this act, including, without limitation, the refusal of the licensed employee to allow the school district to obtain the employment record of the employee that is maintained by the achievement charter school.

      5.  The board of trustees may require that a request to return to a comparable teaching position submitted pursuant to subsection 2 be submitted at least 90 days before the employee would otherwise be required to report to duty.

      Sec. 30.  1.  Upon the request of the board of trustees of a school district, the governing body of an achievement charter school shall, with the permission of the licensed employee who is granted a leave of absence from the school district pursuant to section 29 of this act, transmit to the school district a copy of the employment record of the employee that is maintained by the achievement charter school before the return of the employee to employment with the school district pursuant to section 28 or 29 of this act.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3796 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      2.  The employment record provided pursuant to subsection 1 must include, without limitation, each evaluation of the licensed employee conducted by the achievement charter school and any disciplinary action taken by the achievement charter school against the licensed employee.

      3.  Before the return of the licensed employee, the board of trustees of the school district may conduct an investigation into any misconduct of the licensed employee during the leave of absence from the school district and take any appropriate disciplinary action as to the status of the person as an employee of the school district, including, without limitation:

      (a) The dismissal of the employee from employment with the school district; or

      (b) Upon the employee’s return to employment with the school district, documentation of the disciplinary action taken against the employee into the employment record of the employee that is maintained by the school district.

      4.  If a school district conducts an investigation pursuant to subsection 3:

      (a) The licensed employee is not entitled to return to employment with the school district until the investigation is complete; and

      (b) The investigation must be conducted within a reasonable time.

      Sec. 31. 1.  A licensed employee who is on a leave of absence from a school district pursuant to section 29 of this act:

      (a) Shall contribute to and be eligible for all benefits for which the employee would otherwise be entitled, including, without limitation, participation in the Public Employees’ Retirement System and accrual of time for the purposes of leave and retirement.

      (b) Continues, while the employee is on leave, to be covered by the collective bargaining agreement of the school district only with respect to any matter relating to his or her status or employment with the district.

      2.  The time during which such an employee is on a leave of absence and employed in an achievement charter school does not count toward the acquisition of permanent status with the school district.

      3.  Upon the return of a teacher to employment in the school district, the teacher is entitled to the same level of retirement, salary and any other benefits to which the teacher would otherwise be entitled if the teacher had not taken a leave of absence to teach in an achievement charter school.

      4.  An employee of an achievement charter school who is not on a leave of absence from a school district is eligible for all benefits for which the employee would be eligible for employment in a public school, including, without limitation, participation in the Public Employees’ Retirement System.

      Sec. 32. 1.  For all employees of an achievement charter school:

      (a) The compensation that a teacher or other school employee would have received if he or she were employed by the school district must be used to determine the appropriate levels of contribution required of the employee and employer for purposes of the Public Employees’ Retirement System.

      (b) The compensation that is paid to a teacher or other school employee that exceeds the compensation that the employee would have received if he or she were employed by the school district must not be included for the purposes of calculating future retirement benefits of the employee.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3797 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      2.  If the board of trustees of a school district in which an achievement charter school is located manages a plan of group insurance for its employees, the governing body of the achievement charter school may negotiate with the board of trustees to participate in the same plan of group insurance that the board of trustees offers to its employees. If the employees of the achievement charter school participate in the plan of group insurance managed by the board of trustees, the governing body of the achievement charter school must:

      (a) Ensure that the premiums for that insurance are paid to the board of trustees; and

      (b) Provide, upon the request of the board of trustees, all information that is necessary for the board of trustees to provide the group insurance to the employees of the achievement charter school.

      Sec. 33. 1.  During the sixth year that a school operates as an achievement charter school, the Executive Director shall evaluate the pupil achievement and school performance of the school. If, as a result of such an evaluation, the Executive Director determines:

      (a) That the achievement charter school has made adequate improvement in pupil achievement and school performance, the governing body of the achievement charter school must decide whether to:

             (1) Convert to a public school under the governance of the board of trustees of the school district in which the school is located;

             (2) Seek to continue as a charter school subject to the provisions of NRS 386.490 to 386.649, inclusive, and section 11 of this act by applying to the board of trustees of the school district in which the school is located, the State Public Charter School Authority or a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education to sponsor the charter school pursuant to NRS 386.525; or

             (3) Remain an achievement charter school for at least 6 more years.

      (b) That the achievement charter school has not made adequate improvement in pupil achievement and school performance, the school must continue to operate as an achievement charter school for at least 6 more years. The Executive Director shall evaluate the pupil achievement and school performance of such a school at least each 3 years of operation thereafter.

      2.  If an achievement charter school is converted to a public school under the governance of the board of trustees of a school district pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 1, the board of trustees must employ any teacher, administrator or paraprofessional who wishes to continue employment at the school and meets the requirements of chapter 391 of NRS to teach at the school. Any administrator or teacher employed at such a school who was employed by the board of trustees as a postprobationary employee before the school was converted to an achievement charter school and who wishes to continue employment at the school after it is converted back into a public school must be employed as a postprobationary employee.

      3.  If an achievement charter school becomes a charter school sponsored by the school district in which the charter school is located, the State Public Charter School Authority or a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 1, the school is subject to the provisions of NRS 386.490 to 386.649, inclusive, and section 11 of this act, and the continued operation of the charter school in the building in which the school has been operating is subject to the provisions of NRS 386.560.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3798 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

to 386.649, inclusive, and section 11 of this act, and the continued operation of the charter school in the building in which the school has been operating is subject to the provisions of NRS 386.560.

      4.  As used in this section, “postprobationary employee” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 391.311.

      Sec. 34. The Department shall adopt any regulations necessary or convenient to carry out the provisions of sections 12 to 34, inclusive, of this act. The regulations may prescribe, without limitation:

      1.  The process by which the Executive Director will solicit the input of:

      (a) Members of the community in which a public school is located, including, without limitation, parents of pupils enrolled at the public school, before selecting the public school for conversion to an achievement charter school pursuant to section 20 of this act; and

      (b) Parents of pupils enrolled at a public school that has been selected for conversion to an achievement charter school concerning the needs of such pupils before approving an application to operate the achievement charter school pursuant to section 21 of this act.

      2.  The process by which the Executive Director will solicit applications to operate an achievement charter school and the procedure and criteria that the Executive Director must use when evaluating such applications.

      3.  The manner in which the Executive Director will monitor and evaluate pupil achievement and school performance of an achievement charter school.

      4.  The process by which the parent or legal guardian of a child may apply for enrollment in an Achievement Charter School, including, without limitation, the required contents of the application, and the criteria used to determine which pupils will be enrolled in the Achievement Charter School. An achievement charter school shall not accept applications for enrollment in the charter school or otherwise discriminate based on the race, gender, religion, ethnicity or disability of a pupil.

      5.  Circumstances under which the governing body of a charter school may authorize a child who is enrolled in a public school of a school district or a private school or a homeschooled child to participate in a class at an achievement charter school that is not otherwise available to the child at his or her school or homeschool or participate in an extracurricular activity at the achievement charter school.

      6.  The procedure for converting an achievement charter school into a public school.

      Sec. 35. NRS 386.490 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      386.490  As used in NRS 386.490 to 386.649, inclusive, and section 11 of this act, the words and terms defined in NRS 386.492 to 386.503, inclusive, and section 11 of this act, have the meanings ascribed to them in those sections.

      Sec. 36. NRS 386.505 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      386.505  The Legislature declares that by authorizing the formation of charter schools it is not authorizing:

      1.  [The] Except as otherwise provided in section 33 of this act, the conversion of an existing public school, homeschool or other program of home study to a charter school.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3799 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      2.  A means for providing financial assistance for private schools or programs of home study. The provisions of this subsection do not preclude:

      (a) A private school from ceasing to operate as a private school and reopening as a charter school in compliance with the provisions of NRS 386.490 to 386.649, inclusive [.] , and section 11 of this act.

      (b) The payment of money to a charter school for the enrollment of children in classes at the charter school pursuant to subsection 5 of NRS 386.580 who are enrolled in a public school of a school district or a private school or who are homeschooled.

      3.  The formation of charter schools on the basis of a single race, religion or ethnicity.

      Sec. 37. NRS 386.506 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      386.506  The provisions of NRS 386.490 to 386.649, inclusive, and section 11 of this act do not authorize an existing public school, homeschool or other program of home study to convert to a charter school [.] except as otherwise provided in section 33 of this act.

      Sec. 38. NRS 386.525 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      386.525  1.  A charter school may submit the application to the proposed sponsor of the charter school. [If] Except as otherwise provided in section 33 of this act, if an application proposes to convert an existing public school, homeschool or other program of home study into a charter school, the proposed sponsor shall deny the application.

      2.  The proposed sponsor of a charter school shall, in reviewing an application to form a charter school:

      (a) Assemble a team of reviewers who possess the appropriate knowledge and expertise with regard to the academic, financial and organizational experience of charter schools to review and evaluate the application;

      (b) Conduct a thorough evaluation of the application, which includes an in-person interview with the committee to form the charter school;

      (c) Base its determination on documented evidence collected through the process of reviewing the application; and

      (d) Adhere to the policies and practices developed by the proposed sponsor pursuant to subsection 5 of NRS 386.515.

      3.  The proposed sponsor of a charter school may approve an application to form a charter school only if the proposed sponsor determines that:

      (a) The application:

             (1) Complies with NRS 386.490 to 386.649, inclusive, and section 11 of this act and the regulations applicable to charter schools; and

             (2) Is complete in accordance with the regulations of the Department; and

      (b) The applicant has demonstrated competence in accordance with the criteria for approval prescribed by the sponsor pursuant to subsection 5 of NRS 386.515 that will likely result in a successful opening and operation of the charter school.

      4.  If the board of trustees of a school district or a college or a university within the Nevada System of Higher Education, as applicable, receives an application to form a charter school, the board of trustees or the institution, as applicable, shall consider the application at a meeting that must be held not later than 60 days after the receipt of the application, or a later period mutually agreed upon by the committee to form the charter school and the board of trustees of the school district or the institution, as applicable, and ensure that notice of the meeting has been provided pursuant to chapter 241 of NRS.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3800 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

ensure that notice of the meeting has been provided pursuant to chapter 241 of NRS. The board of trustees, the college or the university, as applicable, shall review an application in accordance with the requirements for review set forth in subsections 2 and 3.

      5.  The board of trustees, the college or the university, as applicable, may approve an application if it satisfies the requirements of subsection 3.

      6.  The board of trustees, the college or the university, as applicable, shall provide written notice to the applicant of its approval or denial of the application. If the board of trustees, the college or the university, as applicable, denies an application, it shall include in the written notice the reasons for the denial and the deficiencies in the application. The applicant must be granted 30 days after receipt of the written notice to correct any deficiencies identified in the written notice and resubmit the application.

      7.  If the board of trustees, the college or the university, as applicable, denies an application after it has been resubmitted pursuant to subsection 6, the applicant may submit a written request for sponsorship by the State Public Charter School Authority not more than 30 days after receipt of the written notice of denial. Any request that is submitted pursuant to this subsection must be accompanied by the application to form the charter school.

      8.  If the State Public Charter School Authority receives an application pursuant to subsection 1 or 7, it shall consider the application at a meeting which must be held not later than 60 days after receipt of the application or a later period mutually agreed upon by the committee to form the charter school and the State Public Charter School Authority. Notice of the meeting must be posted in accordance with chapter 241 of NRS. The State Public Charter School Authority shall review the application in accordance with the requirements for review set forth in subsections 2 and 3. The State Public Charter School Authority may approve an application only if it satisfies the requirements of subsection 3. Not more than 30 days after the meeting, the State Public Charter School Authority shall provide written notice of its determination to the applicant.

      9.  If the State Public Charter School Authority denies or fails to act upon an application, the denial or failure to act must be based upon a finding that the applicant failed to satisfy the requirements of subsection 3. The State Public Charter School Authority shall include in the written notice the reasons for the denial or the failure to act and the deficiencies in the application. The staff designated by the State Public Charter School Authority shall meet with the applicant to confer on the method to correct the identified deficiencies. The applicant must be granted 30 days after receipt of the written notice to correct any deficiencies identified in the written notice and resubmit the application.

      10.  If the State Public Charter School Authority denies an application after it has been resubmitted pursuant to subsection 9, the applicant may, not more than 30 days after the receipt of the written notice from the State Public Charter School Authority, appeal the final determination to the district court of the county in which the proposed charter school will be located.

      11.  On or before January 1 of each odd-numbered year, the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall submit a written report to the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmission to the next regular session of the Legislature. The report must include:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3801 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      (a) A list of each application to form a charter school that was submitted to the board of trustees of a school district, the State Public Charter School Authority, a college or a university during the immediately preceding biennium;

      (b) The educational focus of each charter school for which an application was submitted;

      (c) The current status of the application; and

      (d) If the application was denied, the reasons for the denial.

      Sec. 39. NRS 386.550 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      386.550  1.  A charter school shall:

      (a) Comply with all laws and regulations relating to discrimination and civil rights.

      (b) Remain nonsectarian, including, without limitation, in its educational programs, policies for admission and employment practices.

      (c) Refrain from charging tuition or fees, levying taxes or issuing bonds.

      (d) Comply with any plan for desegregation ordered by a court that is in effect in the school district in which the charter school is located.

      (e) Comply with the provisions of chapter 241 of NRS.

      (f) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, schedule and provide annually at least as many days of instruction as are required of other public schools located in the same school district as the charter school is located. The governing body of a charter school may submit a written request to the Superintendent of Public Instruction for a waiver from providing the days of instruction required by this paragraph. The Superintendent of Public Instruction may grant such a request if the governing body demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Superintendent that:

             (1) Extenuating circumstances exist to justify the waiver; and

             (2) The charter school will provide at least as many hours or minutes of instruction as would be provided under a program consisting of 180 days.

      (g) Cooperate with the board of trustees of the school district in the administration of the examinations administered pursuant to NRS 389.550 and, if the charter school enrolls pupils at a high school grade level, the end-of-course examinations administered pursuant to NRS 389.805 and the college and career readiness assessment administered pursuant to NRS 389.807 to the pupils who are enrolled in the charter school.

      (h) Comply with applicable statutes and regulations governing the achievement and proficiency of pupils in this State.

      (i) Provide instruction in the core academic subjects set forth in subsection 1 of NRS 389.018, as applicable for the grade levels of pupils who are enrolled in the charter school, and provide at least the courses of study that are required of pupils by statute or regulation for promotion to the next grade or graduation from a public high school and require the pupils who are enrolled in the charter school to take those courses of study. This paragraph does not preclude a charter school from offering, or requiring the pupils who are enrolled in the charter school to take, other courses of study that are required by statute or regulation.

      (j) If the parent or legal guardian of a child submits an application to enroll in kindergarten, first grade or second grade at the charter school, comply with NRS 392.040 regarding the ages for enrollment in those grades.

      (k) Refrain from using public money to purchase real property or buildings without the approval of the sponsor.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3802 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      (l) Hold harmless, indemnify and defend the sponsor of the charter school against any claim or liability arising from an act or omission by the governing body of the charter school or an employee or officer of the charter school. An action at law may not be maintained against the sponsor of a charter school for any cause of action for which the charter school has obtained liability insurance.

      (m) Provide written notice to the parents or legal guardians of pupils in grades 9 to 12, inclusive, who are enrolled in the charter school of whether the charter school is accredited by the Commission on Schools of the Northwest Association of Schools and of Colleges and Universities.

      (n) Adopt a final budget in accordance with the regulations adopted by the Department. A charter school is not required to adopt a final budget pursuant to NRS 354.598 or otherwise comply with the provisions of chapter 354 of NRS.

      (o) If the charter school provides a program of distance education pursuant to NRS 388.820 to 388.874, inclusive, comply with all statutes and regulations that are applicable to a program of distance education for purposes of the operation of the program.

      2.  A charter school shall not provide instruction through a program of distance education to children who are exempt from compulsory attendance [authorized by the State Board] pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 392.070. As used in this subsection, “distance education” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 388.826.

      Sec. 39.5. NRS 386.560 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      386.560  1.  The governing body of a charter school may contract with the board of trustees of the school district in which the charter school is located or in which a pupil enrolled in the charter school resides or with the Nevada System of Higher Education for the provision of facilities to operate the charter school or to perform any service relating to the operation of the charter school, including, without limitation, transportation, the provision of health services for the pupils who are enrolled in the charter school and the provision of school police officers. If the board of trustees of a school district or a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education is the sponsor of the charter school, the governing body and the sponsor must enter into a service agreement pursuant to NRS 386.561 before the provision of such services.

      2.  A charter school may use any public facility located within the school district in which the charter school is located. A charter school may use school buildings owned by the school district only upon approval of the board of trustees of the school district . [and during times that are not regular school hours.]

      3.  The board of trustees of a school district may donate surplus personal property of the school district to a charter school that is located within the school district.

      4.  A charter school may:

      (a) Acquire by construction, purchase, devise, gift, exchange or lease, or any combination of those methods, and construct, reconstruct, improve, maintain, equip and furnish any building, structure or property to be used for any of its educational purposes and the related appurtenances, easements, rights-of-way, improvements, paving, utilities, landscaping, parking facilities and lands;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3803 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      (b) Mortgage, pledge or otherwise encumber all or any part of its property or assets;

      (c) Borrow money and otherwise incur indebtedness; and

      (d) Use public money to purchase real property or buildings with the approval of the sponsor.

      5.  Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, upon the request of a parent or legal guardian of a pupil who is enrolled in a charter school, the board of trustees of the school district in which the pupil resides shall authorize the pupil to participate in a class that is not available to the pupil at the charter school or participate in an extracurricular activity, excluding sports, at a public school within the school district if:

      (a) Space for the pupil in the class or extracurricular activity is available; and

      (b) The parent or legal guardian demonstrates to the satisfaction of the board of trustees that the pupil is qualified to participate in the class or extracurricular activity.

Ê If the board of trustees of a school district authorizes a pupil to participate in a class or extracurricular activity, excluding sports, pursuant to this subsection, the board of trustees is not required to provide transportation for the pupil to attend the class or activity. The provisions of this subsection do not apply to a pupil who is enrolled in a charter school and who desires to participate on a part-time basis in a program of distance education provided by the board of trustees of a school district pursuant to NRS 388.820 to 388.874, inclusive. Such a pupil must comply with NRS 388.858.

      6.  Upon the request of a parent or legal guardian of a pupil who is enrolled in a charter school, the board of trustees of the school district in which the pupil resides shall authorize the pupil to participate in sports at the public school that he or she would otherwise be required to attend within the school district, or upon approval of the board of trustees, any public school within the same zone of attendance as the charter school if:

      (a) Space is available for the pupil to participate; and

      (b) The parent or legal guardian demonstrates to the satisfaction of the board of trustees that the pupil is qualified to participate.

Ê If the board of trustees of a school district authorizes a pupil to participate in sports pursuant to this subsection, the board of trustees is not required to provide transportation for the pupil to participate.

      7.  The board of trustees of a school district may revoke its approval for a pupil to participate in a class, extracurricular activity or sports at a public school pursuant to subsections 5 and 6 if the board of trustees or the public school determines that the pupil has failed to comply with applicable statutes, or applicable rules and regulations of the board of trustees, the public school or the Nevada Interscholastic Activities Association. If the board of trustees so revokes its approval, neither the board of trustees nor the public school is liable for any damages relating to the denial of services to the pupil.

      Sec. 40. NRS 386.593 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      386.593  1.  A person who is initially hired as a paraprofessional by a charter school after January 8, 2002, to work in a program supported with Title I money must possess the qualifications required by 20 U.S.C. § 6319(c).

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3804 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      2.  A person who is employed as a paraprofessional by a charter school, regardless of the date of hire, to work in a program supported with Title I money must possess, on or before January 8, 2006, the qualifications required by 20 U.S.C. § 6319(c).

      3.  For the purposes of this section, a person is not “initially hired” if the person has been employed as a paraprofessional by another school district , achievement charter school or charter school in this State without an interruption in employment before the date of hire by his or her current employer.

      4.  As used in this section, “paraprofessional” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 391.008.

      Sec. 41. NRS 386.720 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      386.720  1.  There is hereby established a Program of Empowerment Schools for public schools within this State. The Program does not include a university school for profoundly gifted pupils [.] or an achievement charter school.

      2.  The board of trustees of a school district which is located:

      (a) In a county whose population is less than 100,000 may approve public schools located within the school district to operate as empowerment schools.

      (b) In a county whose population is 100,000 or more shall approve not less than 5 percent of the schools located within the school district to operate as empowerment schools.

      3.  The board of trustees of a school district which participates in the Program of Empowerment Schools shall, on or before September 1 of each year, provide notice to the Department of the number of schools within the school district that are approved to operate as empowerment schools for that school year.

      4.  The board of trustees of a school district that participates in the Program of Empowerment Schools may create a design team for the school district. If such a design team is created, the membership of the design team must consist of the following persons appointed by the board of trustees:

      (a) At least one representative of the board of trustees;

      (b) The superintendent of the school district, or the superintendent’s designee;

      (c) Parents and legal guardians of pupils enrolled in public schools in the school district;

      (d) Teachers and other educational personnel employed by the school district, including, without limitation, school administrators;

      (e) Representatives of organizations that represent teachers and other educational personnel;

      (f) Representatives of the community in which the school district is located and representatives of businesses within the community; and

      (g) Such other members as the board of trustees determines are necessary.

      5.  If a design team is created for a school district, the design team shall:

      (a) Recommend policies and procedures relating to empowerment schools to the board of trustees of the school district; and

      (b) Advise the board of trustees on issues relating to empowerment schools.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3805 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      6.  The board of trustees of a school district may accept gifts, grants and donations from any source for the support of the empowerment schools within the school district.

      Sec. 42. NRS 387.067 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.067  1.  The State Board may accept and adopt regulations or establish policies for the disbursement of money appropriated and apportioned to the State of Nevada, the school districts or the charter schools of the State of Nevada by the Congress of the United States for purposes of elementary and secondary education.

      2.  The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall deposit the money with the State Treasurer, who shall make disbursements therefrom on warrants of the State Controller issued upon the order of the Superintendent of Public Instruction.

      3.  The State Board, any school district within this State , the Achievement School District and any governing body of any charter school in this State may, within the limits provided in this section, make such applications, agreements and assurances to the Federal Government, and conduct such programs as may be required as a condition precedent to the receipt of money appropriated by any Act of Congress for purposes of elementary and secondary education. Such an agreement or assurance must not require this State, or a school district or governing body to provide money above the amount appropriated or otherwise lawfully available for that purpose.

      Sec. 43. NRS 387.080 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.080  1.  The Director may enter into agreements with any agency of the Federal Government, the Department, the State Board, the Achievement School District, any board of trustees of a school district, any governing body of a charter school or any other entity or person. The Director may establish policies and prescribe regulations, authorize the employment of such personnel and take such other action as it considers necessary to provide for the establishment, maintenance, operation and expansion of any program of nutrition operated by a school district or of any other such program for which state or federal assistance is provided.

      2.  The State Treasurer shall disburse federal, state and other money designated for a program of nutrition on warrants of the State Controller issued upon the order of the Director pursuant to regulations or policies of the State Department of Agriculture.

      3.  The Director may:

      (a) Give technical advice and assistance to any person or entity in connection with the establishment and operation of any program of nutrition.

      (b) Assist in training personnel engaged in the operation of any program of nutrition.

      Sec. 44. NRS 387.090 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.090  The board of trustees of each school district , the Executive Director of the Achievement School District and the governing body of each charter school may:

      1.  Operate or provide for the operation of programs of nutrition in the public schools under their jurisdiction.

      2.  Use therefor money disbursed to them pursuant to the provisions of NRS 387.068 to 387.112, inclusive, gifts, donations and other money received from the sale of food under those programs.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3806 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      3.  Deposit the money in one or more accounts in one or more banks or credit unions within the State.

      4.  Contract with respect to food, services, supplies, equipment and facilities for the operation of the programs.

      Sec. 45. NRS 387.123 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.123  1.  The count of pupils for apportionment purposes includes all pupils who are enrolled in programs of instruction of the school district, including, without limitation, a program of distance education provided by the school district, pupils who reside in the county in which the school district is located and are enrolled in any charter school, including, without limitation, a program of distance education provided by a charter school, and pupils who are enrolled in a university school for profoundly gifted pupils located in the county, for:

      (a) Pupils in the kindergarten department.

      (b) Pupils in grades 1 to 12, inclusive.

      (c) Pupils not included under paragraph (a) or (b) who are receiving special education pursuant to the provisions of NRS 388.440 to 388.520, inclusive.

      (d) Pupils who reside in the county and are enrolled part-time in a program of distance education provided pursuant to NRS 388.820 to 388.874, inclusive.

      (e) Children detained in facilities for the detention of children, alternative programs and juvenile forestry camps receiving instruction pursuant to the provisions of NRS 388.550, 388.560 and 388.570.

      (f) Pupils who are enrolled in classes pursuant to subsection 5 of NRS 386.560 , [and] pupils who are enrolled in classes pursuant to subsection 5 of NRS 386.580 [.] and pupils who are enrolled in classes pursuant to subsection 1 of section 26 of this act or any regulations adopted pursuant to section 34 of this act that authorize a child who is enrolled at a public school of a school district or a private school or a homeschooled child to participate in a class at an achievement charter school.

      (g) Pupils who are enrolled in classes pursuant to subsection 3 of NRS 392.070.

      (h) Pupils who are enrolled in classes and taking courses necessary to receive a high school diploma, excluding those pupils who are included in paragraphs (d), (f) and (g).

      2.  The State Board shall establish uniform regulations for counting enrollment and calculating the average daily attendance of pupils. In establishing such regulations for the public schools, the State Board:

      (a) Shall divide the school year into 10 school months, each containing 20 or fewer school days, or its equivalent for those public schools operating under an alternative schedule authorized pursuant to NRS 388.090.

      (b) May divide the pupils in grades 1 to 12, inclusive, into categories composed respectively of those enrolled in elementary schools and those enrolled in secondary schools.

      (c) Shall prohibit the counting of any pupil specified in subsection 1 more than once.

      3.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 4 and NRS 388.700, the State Board shall establish by regulation the maximum pupil-teacher ratio in each grade, and for each subject matter wherever different subjects are taught in separate classes, for each school district of this State which is consistent with:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3807 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      (a) The maintenance of an acceptable standard of instruction;

      (b) The conditions prevailing in the school district with respect to the number and distribution of pupils in each grade; and

      (c) Methods of instruction used, which may include educational television, team teaching or new teaching systems or techniques.

Ê If the Superintendent of Public Instruction finds that any school district is maintaining one or more classes whose pupil-teacher ratio exceeds the applicable maximum, and unless the Superintendent finds that the board of trustees of the school district has made every reasonable effort in good faith to comply with the applicable standard, the Superintendent shall, with the approval of the State Board, reduce the count of pupils for apportionment purposes by the percentage which the number of pupils attending those classes is of the total number of pupils in the district, and the State Board may direct the Superintendent to withhold the quarterly apportionment entirely.

      4.  The provisions of subsection 3 do not apply to a charter school, a university school for profoundly gifted pupils or a program of distance education provided pursuant to NRS 388.820 to 388.874, inclusive.

      Sec. 46. NRS 387.1233 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      387.1233  1.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 2, basic support of each school district must be computed by:

      (a) Multiplying the basic support guarantee per pupil established for that school district for that school year by the sum of:

             (1) Six-tenths the count of pupils enrolled in the kindergarten department on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year, including, without limitation, the count of pupils who reside in the county and are enrolled in any charter school on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year.

             (2) The count of pupils enrolled in grades 1 to 12, inclusive, on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year, including, without limitation, the count of pupils who reside in the county and are enrolled in any charter school on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year and the count of pupils who are enrolled in a university school for profoundly gifted pupils located in the county.

            (3) The count of pupils not included under subparagraph (1) or (2) who are enrolled full-time in a program of distance education provided by that school district or a charter school located within that school district on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year.

             (4) The count of pupils who reside in the county and are enrolled:

                   (I) In a public school of the school district and are concurrently enrolled part-time in a program of distance education provided by another school district or a charter school on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year, expressed as a percentage of the total time services are provided to those pupils per school day in proportion to the total time services are provided during a school day to pupils who are counted pursuant to subparagraph (2).

                   (II) In a charter school and are concurrently enrolled part-time in a program of distance education provided by a school district or another charter school on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year, expressed as a percentage of the total time services are provided to those pupils per school day in proportion to the total time services are provided during a school day to pupils who are counted pursuant to subparagraph (2).

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3808 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

provided to those pupils per school day in proportion to the total time services are provided during a school day to pupils who are counted pursuant to subparagraph (2).

             (5) The count of pupils not included under subparagraph (1), (2), (3) or (4), who are receiving special education pursuant to the provisions of NRS 388.440 to 388.520, inclusive, on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year, excluding the count of pupils who have not attained the age of 5 years and who are receiving special education pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 388.475 on that day.

             (6) Six-tenths the count of pupils who have not attained the age of 5 years and who are receiving special education pursuant to subsection 1 of NRS 388.475 on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year.

             (7) The count of children detained in facilities for the detention of children, alternative programs and juvenile forestry camps receiving instruction pursuant to the provisions of NRS 388.550, 388.560 and 388.570 on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year.

             (8) The count of pupils who are enrolled in classes for at least one semester pursuant to subsection 5 of NRS 386.560, subsection 5 of NRS 386.580 , [or] subsection 3 of NRS 392.070 [,] or subsection 1 of section 26 of this act or any regulations adopted pursuant to section 34 of this act that authorize a child who is enrolled at a public school of a school district or a private school or a homeschooled child to participate in a class at an achievement charter school, expressed as a percentage of the total time services are provided to those pupils per school day in proportion to the total time services are provided during a school day to pupils who are counted pursuant to subparagraph (2).

      (b) Multiplying the number of special education program units maintained and operated by the amount per program established for that school year.

      (c) Adding the amounts computed in paragraphs (a) and (b).

      2.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 4, if the enrollment of pupils in a school district or a charter school that is located within the school district on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year is less than or equal to 95 percent of the enrollment of pupils in the same school district or charter school on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the immediately preceding school year, the largest number from among the immediately preceding 2 school years must be used for purposes of apportioning money from the State Distributive School Account to that school district or charter school pursuant to NRS 387.124.

      3.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 4, if the enrollment of pupils in a school district or a charter school that is located within the school district on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the school year is more than 95 percent of the enrollment of pupils in the same school district or charter school on the last day of the first school month of the school district for the immediately preceding school year, the larger enrollment number from the current year or the immediately preceding school year must be used for purposes of apportioning money from the State Distributive School Account to that school district or charter school pursuant to NRS 387.124.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3809 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      4.  If the Department determines that a school district or charter school deliberately causes a decline in the enrollment of pupils in the school district or charter school to receive a higher apportionment pursuant to subsection 2 or 3, including, without limitation, by eliminating grades or moving into smaller facilities, the enrollment number from the current school year must be used for purposes of apportioning money from the State Distributive School Account to that school district or charter school pursuant to NRS 387.124.

      5.  Pupils who are excused from attendance at examinations or have completed their work in accordance with the rules of the board of trustees must be credited with attendance during that period.

      6.  Pupils who are incarcerated in a facility or institution operated by the Department of Corrections must not be counted for the purpose of computing basic support pursuant to this section. The average daily attendance for such pupils must be reported to the Department of Education.

      7.  Pupils who are enrolled in courses which are approved by the Department as meeting the requirements for an adult to earn a high school diploma must not be counted for the purpose of computing basic support pursuant to this section.

      Sec. 47. NRS 388.020 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      388.020  1.  An elementary school is a public school in which grade work is not given above that included in the eighth grade, according to the regularly adopted state course of study.

      2.  A junior high or middle school is a public school in which the sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth grades are taught under a course of study prescribed and approved by the State Board. The school is an elementary or secondary school for the purpose of the licensure of teachers.

      3.  A high school is a public school in which subjects above the eighth grade, according to the state course of study, may be taught. The school is a secondary school for the purpose of the licensure of teachers.

      4.  A special school is an organized unit of instruction operating with approval of the State Board.

      5.  A charter school is a public school that is formed pursuant to the provisions of NRS 386.490 to 386.649, inclusive [.] , and section 11 of this act or an achievement charter school that is formed pursuant to sections 12 to 34, inclusive, of this act.

      6.  A university school for profoundly gifted pupils is a public school established pursuant to NRS 392A.010 to 392A.110, inclusive.

      Sec. 48. NRS 388.795 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      388.795  1.  The Commission shall establish a plan for the use of educational technology in the public schools of this State. In preparing the plan, the Commission shall consider:

      (a) Plans that have been adopted by the Department and the school districts in this State;

      (b) Plans that have been adopted in other states;

      (c) The information reported pursuant to NRS 385.3493 and similar information included in the annual report of accountability information prepared by the State Public Charter School Authority , the Achievement School District and a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education that sponsors a charter school pursuant to subsection 3 of NRS 385.347;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3810 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      (d) The results of the assessment of needs conducted pursuant to subsection 6; and

      (e) Any other information that the Commission or the Committee deems relevant to the preparation of the plan.

      2.  The plan established by the Commission must include recommendations for methods to:

      (a) Incorporate educational technology into the public schools of this State;

      (b) Increase the number of pupils in the public schools of this State who have access to educational technology;

      (c) Increase the availability of educational technology to assist licensed teachers and other educational personnel in complying with the requirements of continuing education, including, without limitation, the receipt of credit for college courses completed through the use of educational technology;

      (d) Facilitate the exchange of ideas to improve the achievement of pupils who are enrolled in the public schools of this State; and

      (e) Address the needs of teachers in incorporating the use of educational technology in the classroom, including, without limitation, the completion of training that is sufficient to enable the teachers to instruct pupils in the use of educational technology.

      3.  The Department shall provide:

      (a) Administrative support;

      (b) Equipment; and

      (c) Office space,

Ê as is necessary for the Commission to carry out the provisions of this section.

      4.  The following entities shall cooperate with the Commission in carrying out the provisions of this section:

      (a) The State Board.

      (b) The board of trustees of each school district.

      (c) The superintendent of schools of each school district.

      (d) The Department.

      5.  The Commission shall:

      (a) Develop technical standards for educational technology and any electrical or structural appurtenances necessary thereto, including, without limitation, uniform specifications for computer hardware and wiring, to ensure that such technology is compatible, uniform and can be interconnected throughout the public schools of this State.

      (b) Allocate money to the school districts from the Trust Fund for Educational Technology created pursuant to NRS 388.800 and any money appropriated by the Legislature for educational technology, subject to any priorities for such allocation established by the Legislature.

      (c) Establish criteria for the board of trustees of a school district that receives an allocation of money from the Commission to:

             (1) Repair, replace and maintain computer systems.

             (2) Upgrade and improve computer hardware and software and other educational technology.

             (3) Provide training, installation and technical support related to the use of educational technology within the district.

      (d) Submit to the Governor, the Committee and the Department its plan for the use of educational technology in the public schools of this State and any recommendations for legislation.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3811 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      (e) Review the plan annually and make revisions as it deems necessary or as directed by the Committee or the Department.

      (f) In addition to the recommendations set forth in the plan pursuant to subsection 2, make further recommendations to the Committee and the Department as the Commission deems necessary.

      6.  During the spring semester of each even-numbered school year, the Commission shall conduct an assessment of the needs of each school district relating to educational technology. In conducting the assessment, the Commission shall consider:

      (a) The recommendations set forth in the plan pursuant to subsection 2;

      (b) The plan for educational technology of each school district, if applicable;

      (c) Evaluations of educational technology conducted for the State or for a school district, if applicable; and

      (d) Any other information deemed relevant by the Commission.

Ê The Commission shall submit a final written report of the assessment to the Superintendent of Public Instruction on or before April 1 of each even-numbered year.

      7.  The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall prepare a written compilation of the results of the assessment conducted by the Commission and transmit the written compilation on or before June 1 of each even-numbered year to the Legislative Committee on Education and to the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmission to the next regular session of the Legislature.

      8.  The Commission may appoint an advisory committee composed of members of the Commission or other qualified persons to provide recommendations to the Commission regarding standards for the establishment, coordination and use of a telecommunications network in the public schools throughout the various school districts in this State. The advisory committee serves at the pleasure of the Commission and without compensation unless an appropriation or other money for that purpose is provided by the Legislature.

      9.  As used in this section, “public school” includes the Caliente Youth Center, the Nevada Youth Training Center and any other state facility for the detention of children that is operated pursuant to title 5 of NRS.

      Sec. 49. NRS 388.880 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      388.880  1.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 2, if any person who knows or has reasonable cause to believe that another person has made a threat of violence against a school official, school employee or pupil reports in good faith that threat of violence to a school official, teacher, school police officer, local law enforcement agency or potential victim of the violence that is threatened, the person who makes the report is immune from civil liability for any act or omission relating to that report. Such a person is not immune from civil liability for any other act or omission committed by the person as a part of, in connection with or as a principal, accessory or conspirator to the violence, regardless of the nature of the other act or omission.

      2.  The provisions of this section do not apply to a person who:

      (a) Is acting in his or her professional or occupational capacity and is required to make a report pursuant to NRS 200.5093, 200.50935 or 432B.220.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3812 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      (b) Is required to make a report concerning the commission of a violent or sexual offense against a child pursuant to NRS 202.882.

      3.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Reasonable cause to believe” means, in light of all the surrounding facts and circumstances which are known, a reasonable person would believe, under those facts and circumstances, that an act, transaction, event, situation or condition exists, is occurring or has occurred.

      (b) “School employee” means a licensed or unlicensed person who is employed by:

             (1) A board of trustees of a school district pursuant to NRS 391.100; [or]

             (2) The governing body of a charter school [.] ; or

             (3) The Achievement School District.

      (c) “School official” means:

             (1) A member of the board of trustees of a school district.

             (2) A member of the governing body of a charter school.

             (3) An administrator employed by the board of trustees of a school district or the governing body of a charter school.

             (4) The Executive Director of the Achievement School District.

      (d) “Teacher” means a person employed by the:

             (1) Board of trustees of a school district to provide instruction or other educational services to pupils enrolled in public schools of the school district.

             (2) Governing body of a charter school to provide instruction or other educational services to pupils enrolled in the charter school.

      Sec. 50. NRS 389.612 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      389.612  “School official” means:

      1.  A member of a board of trustees of a school district;

      2.  A member of a governing body of a charter school; or

      3.  A licensed or unlicensed person employed by the board of trustees of a school district , [or] the governing body of a charter school [.] or the Achievement School District.

      Sec. 51. NRS 389.616 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      389.616  1.  The Department shall, by regulation or otherwise, adopt and enforce a plan setting forth procedures to ensure the security of examinations that are administered to pupils pursuant to NRS 389.550 and 389.805 and the college and career readiness assessment administered pursuant to NRS 389.807.

      2.  A plan adopted pursuant to subsection 1 must include, without limitation:

      (a) Procedures pursuant to which pupils, school officials and other persons may, and are encouraged to, report irregularities in testing administration and testing security.

      (b) Procedures necessary to ensure the security of test materials and the consistency of testing administration.

      (c) Procedures that specifically set forth the action that must be taken in response to a report of an irregularity in testing administration or testing security and the actions that must be taken during an investigation of such an irregularity. For each action that is required, the procedures must identify:

             (1) By category, the employees of the school district, Achievement School District, charter school or Department, or any combination thereof, who are responsible for taking the action; and

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3813 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

             (2) Whether the school district, Achievement School District, charter school or Department, or any combination thereof, is responsible for ensuring that the action is carried out successfully.

      (d) Objective criteria that set forth the conditions under which a school, including, without limitation, a charter school or a school district, or both, is required to file a plan for corrective action in response to an irregularity in testing administration or testing security for the purposes of NRS 389.636.

      3.  A copy of the plan adopted pursuant to this section and the procedures set forth therein must be submitted on or before September 1 of each year to:

      (a) The State Board; and

      (b) The Legislative Committee on Education, created pursuant to NRS 218E.605.

      Sec. 52. NRS 391.045 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      391.045  The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall file with the clerk of the board of trustees of each local school district a directory of all teachers and other educational personnel, including, without limitation, teachers and educational personnel employed by a charter school pursuant to NRS 386.590 and 386.595, and sections 27 to 32, inclusive, of this act, who are entitled to draw salaries from the county school district fund, and shall advise the clerk from time to time of any changes or additions to the directory.

      Sec. 53. NRS 391.180 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      391.180  1.  As used in this section, “employee” means any employee of a school district or charter school in this State.

      2.  A school month in any public school in this State consists of 4 weeks of 5 days each.

      3.  Nothing contained in this section prohibits the payment of employees’ compensation in 12 equal monthly payments for 9 or more months’ work.

      4.  The per diem deduction from the salary of an employee because of absence from service for reasons other than those specified in this section is that proportion of the yearly salary which is determined by the ratio between the duration of the absence and the total number of contracted workdays in the year.

      5.  Boards of trustees shall either prescribe by regulation or negotiate pursuant to chapter 288 of NRS, with respect to sick leave, accumulation of sick leave, payment for unused sick leave, sabbatical leave, personal leave, professional leave, military leave and such other leave as they determine to be necessary or desirable for employees. In addition, boards of trustees may either prescribe by regulation or negotiate pursuant to chapter 288 of NRS with respect to the payment of unused sick leave to licensed teachers in the form of purchase of service pursuant to subsection 4 of NRS 286.300. The amount of service so purchased must not exceed the number of hours of unused sick leave or 1 year, whichever is less.

      6.  The salary of any employee unavoidably absent because of personal illness or accident, or because of serious illness, accident or death in the family, may be paid up to the number of days of sick leave accumulated by the employee. An employee may not be credited with more than 15 days of sick leave in any 1 school year. Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, if an employee takes a position with another school district or charter school, all sick leave that the employee has accumulated must be transferred from the employee’s former school district or charter school to his or her new school district or charter school.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3814 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

transferred from the employee’s former school district or charter school to his or her new school district or charter school. The amount of sick leave so transferred may not exceed the maximum amount of sick leave which may be carried forward from one year to the next according to the applicable negotiated agreement or the policy of the district or charter school into which the employee transferred. Unless the applicable negotiated agreement or policy of the employing district or charter school provides otherwise, such an employee:

      (a) Shall first use the sick leave credited to the employee from the district or charter school into which the employee transferred before using any of the transferred leave; and

      (b) Is not entitled to compensation for any sick leave transferred pursuant to this subsection.

      7.  Subject to the provisions of subsection 8:

      (a) If an intermission of less than 6 days is ordered by the board of trustees of a school district or the governing body of a charter school for any good reason, no deduction of salary may be made therefor.

      (b) If, on account of sickness, epidemic or other emergency in the community, a longer intermission is ordered by the board of trustees of a school district, the governing body of a charter school or a board of health and the intermission or closing does not exceed 30 days at any one time, there may be no deduction or discontinuance of salaries.

      8.  If the board of trustees of a school district or the governing body of a charter school orders an extension of the number of days of school to compensate for the days lost as the result of an intermission because of those reasons contained in paragraph (b) of subsection 7, an employee may be required to render his or her services to the school district or charter school during that extended period. If the salary of the employee was continued during the period of intermission as provided in subsection 7, the employee is not entitled to additional compensation for services rendered during the extended period.

      9.  If any subject referred to in this section is included in an agreement or contract negotiated by:

      (a) The board of trustees of a school district pursuant to chapter 288 of NRS; or

      (b) The governing body of a charter school pursuant to NRS 386.595, or sections 27 to 32, inclusive, of this act,

Ê the provisions of the agreement or contract regarding that subject supersede any conflicting provisions of this section or of a regulation of the board of trustees.

      Sec. 54. NRS 391.620 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      391.620  “School official” means:

      1.  A member of a board of trustees of a school district;

      2.  A member of a governing body of a charter school; or

      3.  A licensed or unlicensed person employed by the board of trustees of a school district , [or] the governing body of a charter school [.] or the Achievement School District.

      Sec. 55. NRS 392.128 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      392.128  1.  Each advisory board to review school attendance created pursuant to NRS 392.126 shall:

      (a) Review the records of the attendance and truancy of pupils submitted to the advisory board to review school attendance by the board of trustees of the school district or the State Public Charter School Authority , the Achievement School District or a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education that sponsors a charter school pursuant to subsection 2 of NRS 385.3481;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3815 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

the school district or the State Public Charter School Authority , the Achievement School District or a college or university within the Nevada System of Higher Education that sponsors a charter school pursuant to subsection 2 of NRS 385.3481;

      (b) Identify factors that contribute to the truancy of pupils in the school district;

      (c) Establish programs to reduce the truancy of pupils in the school district, including, without limitation, the coordination of services available in the community to assist with the intervention, diversion and discipline of pupils who are truant;

      (d) At least annually, evaluate the effectiveness of those programs;

      (e) Establish a procedure for schools and school districts for the reporting of the status of pupils as habitual truants; and

      (f) Inform the parents and legal guardians of the pupils who are enrolled in the schools within the district of the policies and procedures adopted pursuant to the provisions of this section.

      2.  The chair of an advisory board may divide the advisory board into subcommittees. The advisory board may delegate one or more of the duties of the advisory board to a subcommittee of the advisory board, including, without limitation, holding hearings pursuant to NRS 392.147. If the chair of an advisory board divides the advisory board into subcommittees, the chair shall notify the board of trustees of the school district of this action. Upon receipt of such a notice, the board of trustees shall establish rules and procedures for each such subcommittee. A subcommittee shall abide by the applicable rules and procedures when it takes action or makes decisions.

      3.  An advisory board to review school attendance may work with a family resource center or other provider of community services to provide assistance to pupils who are truant. The advisory board shall identify areas within the school district in which community services are not available to assist pupils who are truant. As used in this subsection, “family resource center” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 430A.040.

      4.  An advisory board to review school attendance created in a county pursuant to NRS 392.126 may use money appropriated by the Legislature and any other money made available to the advisory board for the use of programs to reduce the truancy of pupils in the school district. The advisory board to review school attendance shall, on a quarterly basis, provide to the board of trustees of the school district an accounting of the money used by the advisory board to review school attendance to reduce the truancy of pupils in the school district.

      Sec. 56. NRS 400.030 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      400.030  1.  The P-20W Advisory Council, consisting of 11 voting members, is hereby created to assist in the coordination between early childhood education programs, K-12 public education, postsecondary education and the workforce in this State. The Chancellor of the System, the Superintendent of Public Instruction and the Director of the Department of Employment, Training and Rehabilitation serve as ex officio nonvoting members of the Council.

      2.  The Governor shall appoint five members to the Council as follows:

      (a) One representative of higher education in this State.

      (b) One representative of elementary and secondary education in this State.

      (c) One representative of private business in this State.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3816 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      (d) One member who is a parent of a pupil enrolled in a public school in this State or of a student enrolled in the System. The parent must not be employed by the board of trustees of a school district, the Achievement School District, the governing body of a charter school or the System.

      (e) One person who possesses knowledge of and experience in early childhood education programs and services for children in this State from birth through prekindergarten.

      3.  The Majority Leader of the Senate and the Speaker of the Assembly shall each appoint two members to the Council as follows:

      (a) One member of the House of the Legislature that he or she represents.

      (b) One person who meets the qualifications of paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (e) of subsection 2.

      4.  The Minority Leader of the Senate and the Minority Leader of the Assembly shall each appoint one member to the Council who is a member of the general public.

      5.  The members of the Council shall elect a Chair and a Vice Chair from among the members of the Council. After the initial term, the Chair and Vice Chair serve in the office for a term of 2 years beginning July 1 of each odd-numbered year. If a vacancy occurs in the office of Chair or Vice Chair, the members of the Council shall elect a member to fill the vacancy to serve for the remainder of the unexpired term of that office.

      6.  After the initial terms, each member of the Council serves a term of 3 years commencing on July 1 of the year of appointment. Such members may be reappointed for one additional term. A vacancy on the Council must be filled for the remainder of the unexpired term in the same manner as the original appointment. Each member of the Council continues in office until his or her successor is appointed.

      7.  Any member who is absent from two consecutive meetings of the Council without permission of the Chair:

      (a) Forfeits his or her office; and

      (b) Must be replaced as provided in subsection 6 for the filling of a vacancy before the end of a term.

      Sec. 57. The preliminary chapter of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto the provisions set forth as sections 58 and 59 of this act.

      Sec. 58. Except as otherwise expressly provided in a particular statute or required by the context, “Achievement School District” means the Achievement School District created by section 17 of this act.

      Sec. 59. Except as otherwise expressly provided in a particular statute or required by the context, “charter school” means a public school that is formed pursuant to the provisions of NRS 386.490 to 386.649, inclusive, and section 11 of this act, and an achievement charter school formed pursuant to the provisions of sections 12 to 34, inclusive, of this act.

      Sec. 60. NRS 41.0305 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      41.0305  As used in NRS 41.0305 to 41.039, inclusive, the term “political subdivision” includes an organization that was officially designated as a community action agency pursuant to 42 U.S.C. § 2790 before that section was repealed and is included in the definition of an “eligible entity” pursuant to 42 U.S.C. § 9902, the Nevada Rural Housing Authority, an airport authority created by special act of the Legislature, a regional transportation commission and a fire protection district, an irrigation district, a school district, the Achievement School District, the governing body of a charter school, any other special district that performs a governmental function, even though it does not exercise general governmental powers, and the governing body of a university school for profoundly gifted pupils.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3817 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

irrigation district, a school district, the Achievement School District, the governing body of a charter school, any other special district that performs a governmental function, even though it does not exercise general governmental powers, and the governing body of a university school for profoundly gifted pupils.

      Sec. 61. NRS 288.150 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      288.150  1.  Except as provided in subsection 4, every local government employer shall negotiate in good faith through one or more representatives of its own choosing concerning the mandatory subjects of bargaining set forth in subsection 2 with the designated representatives of the recognized employee organization, if any, for each appropriate bargaining unit among its employees. If either party so requests, agreements reached must be reduced to writing.

      2.  The scope of mandatory bargaining is limited to:

      (a) Salary or wage rates or other forms of direct monetary compensation.

      (b) Sick leave.

      (c) Vacation leave.

      (d) Holidays.

      (e) Other paid or nonpaid leaves of absence.

      (f) Insurance benefits.

      (g) Total hours of work required of an employee on each workday or workweek.

      (h) Total number of days’ work required of an employee in a work year.

      (i) Discharge and disciplinary procedures.

      (j) Recognition clause.

      (k) The method used to classify employees in the bargaining unit.

      (l) Deduction of dues for the recognized employee organization.

      (m) Protection of employees in the bargaining unit from discrimination because of participation in recognized employee organizations consistent with the provisions of this chapter.

      (n) No-strike provisions consistent with the provisions of this chapter.

      (o) Grievance and arbitration procedures for resolution of disputes relating to interpretation or application of collective bargaining agreements.

      (p) General savings clauses.

      (q) Duration of collective bargaining agreements.

      (r) Safety of the employee.

      (s) Teacher preparation time.

      (t) Materials and supplies for classrooms.

      (u) [The] Except as otherwise provided in subsection 6, the policies for the transfer and reassignment of teachers.

      (v) Procedures for reduction in workforce consistent with the provisions of this chapter.

      (w) Procedures and requirements for the reopening of collective bargaining agreements that exceed 1 year in duration for additional, further, new or supplementary negotiations during periods of fiscal emergency. The requirements for the reopening of a collective bargaining agreement must include, without limitation, measures of revenue shortfalls or reductions relative to economic indicators such as the Consumer Price Index, as agreed upon by both parties.

      3.  Those subject matters which are not within the scope of mandatory bargaining and which are reserved to the local government employer without negotiation include:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3818 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      (a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (u) of subsection 2, the right to hire, direct, assign or transfer an employee, but excluding the right to assign or transfer an employee as a form of discipline.

      (b) The right to reduce in force or lay off any employee because of lack of work or lack of money, subject to paragraph (v) of subsection 2.

      (c) The right to determine:

             (1) Appropriate staffing levels and work performance standards, except for safety considerations;

             (2) The content of the workday, including without limitation workload factors, except for safety considerations;

             (3) The quality and quantity of services to be offered to the public; and

             (4) The means and methods of offering those services.

      (d) Safety of the public.

      4.  Notwithstanding the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement negotiated pursuant to this chapter, a local government employer is entitled to take whatever actions may be necessary to carry out its responsibilities in situations of emergency such as a riot, military action, natural disaster or civil disorder. Those actions may include the suspension of any collective bargaining agreement for the duration of the emergency. Any action taken under the provisions of this subsection must not be construed as a failure to negotiate in good faith.

      5.  The provisions of this chapter, including without limitation the provisions of this section, recognize and declare the ultimate right and responsibility of the local government employer to manage its operation in the most efficient manner consistent with the best interests of all its citizens, its taxpayers and its employees.

      6.  The board of trustees of a school district may reassign any member of the staff of a school that is converted to an achievement charter school pursuant to sections 20 to 22, inclusive, of this act and any provision of any agreement negotiated pursuant to this chapter which provides otherwise is unenforceable and void.

      7.  This section does not preclude, but this chapter does not require, the local government employer to negotiate subject matters enumerated in subsection 3 which are outside the scope of mandatory bargaining. The local government employer shall discuss subject matters outside the scope of mandatory bargaining but it is not required to negotiate those matters.

      [7.]8.  Contract provisions presently existing in signed and ratified agreements as of May 15, 1975, at 12 p.m. remain negotiable.

      9.  As used in this section, “achievement charter school” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 385.007.

      Sec. 62. NRS 332.185 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      332.185  1.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 2 and NRS 244.1505 and 334.070, all sales of personal property of the local government must be made, as nearly as possible, under the same conditions and limitations as required by this chapter in the purchase of personal property. The governing body or its authorized representative may dispose of personal property of the local government by any manner, including, without limitation, at public auction, if the governing body or its authorized representative determines that the property is no longer required for public use and deems such action desirable and in the best interests of the local government.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3819 (Chapter 539, AB 448)ê

 

      2.  The board of trustees of a school district may donate surplus personal property of the school district to any other school district in this State , to the Achievement School District or to a charter school that is located within the school district without regard to:

      (a) The provisions of this chapter; or

      (b) Any statute, regulation, ordinance or resolution that requires:

             (1) The posting of notice or public advertising.

             (2) The inviting or receiving of competitive bids.

             (3) The selling or leasing of personal property by contract or at a public auction.

      3.  The provisions of this chapter do not apply to the purchase, sale, lease or transfer of real property by the governing body.

      Sec. 63. NRS 361.065 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      361.065  All lots, buildings and other school property owned by any legally created school district , the Achievement School District or a charter school within the State and devoted to public school purposes are exempt from taxation.

      Sec. 64. NRS 656A.020 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      656A.020  As used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires, the words and terms defined in NRS [656A.023] 656A.025 to 656A.065, inclusive, have the meanings ascribed to them in those sections.

      Sec. 65.  The provisions of section 20 of this act apply to any public school regardless of any other designations or programs to which the school may already be included. The prior ratings of such a public school may be used to determine whether to convert the school into an achievement charter school. As used in this section, “achievement charter school” has the meaning ascribed to it in NRS 385.007, as amended by section 2 of this act.

      Sec. 66.  The provisions of NRS 288.150, as amended by section 61 of this act:

      1.  Apply to any collective bargaining agreement entered into, extended or renewed on or after July 1, 2016, and any provision of the agreement that is in conflict with that section, as amended, is void.

      2.  Do not apply to any collective bargaining agreement entered into before the effective date of this act during the current term of the agreement.

      Sec. 67.  The provisions of subsection 1 of NRS 218D.380 do not apply to any provision of this act which adds or revises a requirement to submit a report to the Legislature.

      Sec. 68.  The provisions of NRS 354.599 do not apply to any additional expenses of a local government that are related to the provisions of this act.

      Sec. 69. NRS 656A.023 is hereby repealed.

      Sec. 70.  This act becomes effective:

      1.  Upon passage and approval for the purpose of adopting regulations and carrying out any other preparatory administrative tasks necessary to implement the provisions of this act; and

      2.  On July 1, 2016, for all other purposes.

________

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3820ê

 

CHAPTER 540, AB 483

Assembly Bill No. 483–Committee on Ways and Means

 

CHAPTER 540

 

[Approved: June 11, 2015]

 

AN ACT relating to education; requiring the board of trustees of each school district annually to reserve money for the payment of an increase in salaries to certain teachers and administrators employed by the school district; revising provisions relating to the program of performance pay and enhanced compensation to be established for each school district; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.

Legislative Counsel’s Digest:

      Existing law requires the board of trustees of each school district to establish a program of performance pay and enhanced compensation for the recruitment and retention of teachers and administrators employed by the school district, and to implement the program beginning with the 2015-2016 school year. Under existing law, the program must be negotiated by the board of trustees in accordance with the provisions governing collective bargaining. (NRS 391.168)

      For the purposes of that program, section 1 of this bill requires the board of trustees of each school district annually to reserve for each fiscal year a sum of money sufficient to pay an increase in base salaries, not to exceed 10 percent, for not less than 5 percent of the teachers and administrators employed by the school district. Section 3 of this bill requires that the initial reservation of money be made for Fiscal Year 2016-2017 and that the initial increase in salaries be effective for the 2016-2017 school year.

      Section 2 of this bill: (1) eliminates the requirement that the program of performance pay and enhanced compensation be the subject of collective bargaining; and (2) requires that consideration be given to implementation of the program in the lowest-rated schools rated as underperforming pursuant to the statewide system of accountability for public schools.

 

EXPLANATION – Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between brackets [omitted material] is material to be omitted.

 

THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN

SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:

 

      Section 1. Chapter 391 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:

      1.  The board of trustees of each school district shall reserve for each fiscal year, for the purposes of the program of performance pay and enhanced compensation established by the board of trustees pursuant to NRS 391.168, an amount of money sufficient to provide an increase in base salaries, not including monetary benefits, for not less than 5 percent of the teachers and administrators employed by the school district. The amount of the increase must not exceed 10 percent of the annual base salary of each teacher and administrator to whom the increase is paid.

      2.  After making the reservation required by subsection 1, the board of trustees shall provide written notice of its action to the Department and the State Board, with information about the amount of money reserved and the increase in salaries to be paid. The State Board shall review that information at a meeting of the State Board.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3821 (Chapter 540, AB 483)ê

 

      3.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 4, the money reserved by the board of trustees pursuant to subsection 1:

      (a) Must be accounted for separately by the school district.

      (b) Is not subject to negotiations with an employee organization for the purposes of chapter 288 of NRS.

      (c) Must be used only to pay an increase in salaries in accordance with this section and NRS 391.168 and not to increase the salaries or monetary benefits of other employees of the school district.

      4.  Any money reserved pursuant to subsection 1 for a fiscal year that remains in the account established pursuant to subsection 3:

      (a) At the end of that fiscal year does not revert to the general fund of the school district, but must be carried forward to the next fiscal year.

      (b) At the end of the next fiscal year reverts to the general fund of the school district and may be expended by the board of trustees of the school district pursuant to the provisions of chapter 288 of NRS.

      Sec. 2. NRS 391.168 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      391.168  1.  The board of trustees of each school district shall:

      (a) Establish a program of performance pay and enhanced compensation for the recruitment and retention of licensed teachers and administrators ; [which must be negotiated pursuant to chapter 288 of NRS;] and

      (b) Commencing with the 2015-2016 school year, implement the program established pursuant to paragraph (a).

      2.  The program of performance pay and enhanced compensation established by a school district pursuant to subsection 1 must have as its primary focus the improvement in the academic achievement of pupils and must give appropriate consideration to implementation in at-risk schools [.] and schools receiving the lowest rating possible indicating underperformance of a public school, as determined by the Department pursuant to the statewide system of accountability for public schools. In addition, the program may include, without limitation, the following components:

      (a) Career leadership advancement options to maximize the retention of teachers in the classroom and the retention of administrators;

      (b) Professional development;

      (c) Group incentives; and

      (d) Multiple assessments of individual teachers and administrators, with primary emphasis on individual pupil improvement and growth in academic achievement, including, without limitation, portfolios of instruction, leadership and professional growth, and other appropriate measures of teacher and administrator performance which must be considered.

      Sec. 3.  The board of trustees of each school district shall:

      1.  Make the initial reservation of money required by section 1 of this act for Fiscal Year 2016-2017; and

      2.  Effectuate the initial increase in salaries required by that section for the 2016-2017 school year.

      Sec. 4.  Insofar as they conflict with the provisions of such an agreement, the amendatory provisions of this act do not apply during the current term of any collective bargaining agreement entered into before January 1, 2016, and in effect on that date, but do apply to any extension or renewal of such an agreement and to any such agreement entered into on or after January 1, 2016. For the purposes of this section, the term of a collective bargaining agreement ends on the date provided in the agreement, notwithstanding any provision of the agreement that it remains in effect, in whole or in part, after that date until a successor agreement becomes effective.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3822 (Chapter 540, AB 483)ê

 

notwithstanding any provision of the agreement that it remains in effect, in whole or in part, after that date until a successor agreement becomes effective.

      Sec. 5.  The provisions of NRS 354.599 do not apply to any additional expenses of a local government that are related to the provisions of this act.

      Sec. 6.  This act becomes effective on January 1, 2016.

________

CHAPTER 541, SB 92

Senate Bill No. 92–Committee on Education

 

CHAPTER 541

 

[Approved: June 11, 2015]

 

AN ACT relating to education; authorizing the designation of certain underperforming schools as turnaround schools; allowing certain measures to be taken with respect to the administration and personnel of such schools; excluding the right of a school district to make reassignments of a principal or teacher from such a school from the scope of collective bargaining; providing for certain incentives to encourage employment at a school designated as a turnaround school; revising provisions relating to the reassignment of a teacher or administrator whose overall performance is designated as minimally effective or ineffective; requiring the board of trustees of a school district to consider specified factors in carrying out a reduction in force; directing the Legislative Counsel to reorganize certain statutory provisions relating to education; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.

Legislative Counsel’s Digest:

      Section 4.2 of this bill provides that if the Department of Education designates a public school as a turnaround school, the board of trustees of the school district in which the school is located may review the performance of the principal of the school and decide whether to retain or replace the principal. Section 4.2 requires the State Board of Education to adopt regulations to establish the criteria for designating an underperforming school as a turnaround school.

      The principal of a school so designated is authorized by section 4.2 to review the performance of the employees of the school and decide whether to retain or replace each employee. If a principal or employee of such a school is not retained, the board of trustees is required to reassign the principal or employee to another school within the school district. Section 29.7 of this bill excludes certain actions concerning the reassignment of employees who are not retained at such a school from the scope of collective bargaining. Section 4.2 requires the board of trustees of a school district to ensure that a teacher who is reassigned to another school receives assistance to help the teacher to meet the standards for effective teaching.

      Section 4.2 also requires the board of trustees of a school district to create financial and other incentives to motivate teachers, administrators and paraprofessionals to accept positions at a public school that the Department designates as a turnaround school. Sections 24 and 25 of this bill provide that for the first and second years after a school has been designated as a turnaround school an evaluation of pupil performance will not be included in the evaluation of a teacher or administrator of the school.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3823 (Chapter 541, SB 92)ê

 

      Existing law authorizes the board of trustees of a school district to employ a superintendent of schools, teachers and all other necessary employees. Section 20 of this bill allows the board of trustees of a school district to transfer a teacher or administrator, notwithstanding the provisions of a collective bargaining agreement to the contrary, if the teacher or administrator received one of the two lowest ratings on his or her evaluation if the board of trustees obtains the consent of the principal at the other school before transferring the teacher or administrator. If a principal does not provide such consent, section 20 allows the superintendent of schools of the school district to determine whether to reassign the teacher or administrator to a school in the school district, which may be the school at which the principal did not consent to the transfer of the teacher or administrator. Section 20 also requires a superintendent of schools to develop a plan to address the assignment of teachers or administrators who have received evaluations designating their overall performance as minimally effective or ineffective when consent to the transfer by the principal of a school is not obtained.

      Existing law provides that when a reduction in the workforce is necessary, the board of trustees of a school district must not lay off a teacher or an administrator based solely on seniority. (NRS 288.151) Section 30 of this bill requires the board of trustees of a school district to base the decision to lay off a teacher or administrator on the overall performance of the teacher or administrator and lay off the least effective teachers and administrators first. Section 30 also provides that, if a further reduction in workforce is necessary, the board of trustees must lay off teachers who have a criminal record which has resulted in a suspension or who have had disciplinary action taken that results in suspension and is final. If a further reduction in workforce is necessary after considering criminal records and disciplinary action, section 30 requires the board of trustees to consider: (1) whether the teacher or administrator is employed in a position which is hard to fill; and (2) certain certifications and degrees. If, after considering all of the above factors, two or more employees are similarly situated after the application of those factors, the decision by the board of trustees to lay off one or more of the employees may be based on seniority. Finally, section 30 does not require the board of trustees of a school district to consider the above factors with respect to a teacher who teaches in a subject area for which there is a shortage of teachers.

      Under existing law, the Legislative Counsel is required to keep the organizational structure of the Nevada Revised Statutes current, and the Legislative Counsel may revise the titles, chapters and sections of the Nevada Revised Statutes when necessary to effectuate the orderly and logical arrangement of the statutes. (NRS 220.120) In addition, the Legislative Counsel may make recommendations to the Legislature regarding the clarification of existing statutes and the revision or elimination of obsolete and antiquated statutes. (NRS 220.080, 220.085) Section 32.5 of this bill directs the Legislative Counsel to reorganize the provisions of title 34 of NRS during the 2015-2017 biennium so that they are easier to use and understand. Section 32.5 also requires the Legislative Counsel to present a bill during the 2017 Legislative Session containing any provisions of title 34 of NRS revised during the reorganization that the Legislative Counsel determines are appropriate for ratification by the Legislature.

 

EXPLANATION – Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between brackets [omitted material] is material to be omitted.

 

THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN

SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:

 

      Sections 1-4. (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 4.2. Chapter 385 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:

      1.  If the Department designates a school as a turnaround school pursuant to this section:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3824 (Chapter 541, SB 92)ê

 

      (a) The board of trustees of the school district in which the school is located may review the performance of the principal at the school to determine whether to retain or replace the principal. If the board of trustees decides to replace the principal, the board of trustees must:

             (1) Immediately commence the process of selecting a new principal for the school to make a selection with the approval of the Department so that the new principal may begin before the start of the next school year; and

             (2) Reassign the replaced principal to another public school within the school district.

      (b) The principal of the school may:

             (1) Review the performance of each employee of the school to determine whether to retain the employee based on the needs of the school. The board of trustees of the school district in which the school is located shall reassign any employee who is not retained pursuant to this subparagraph to another public school within the school district; and

             (2) Make all determinations for the school concerning hiring and the school’s curriculum, schedule and instructional design.

      (c) The board of trustees of the school district in which the school is located shall create financial and other incentives to be offered to teachers, administrators and paraprofessionals who work in classrooms or provide tutoring to pupils at the school that are intended to motivate such persons to apply for positions with the school and continue employment with the school. Such incentives may include, without limitation:

             (1) Salary increases and bonuses;

             (2) Flexible schedules that allow teachers to pursue other assignments or education;

             (3) Opportunities to receive training and to participate in programs for professional development; and

             (4) Opportunities for promotion and career development.

      2.  If a teacher of a school is reassigned to another public school within the school district pursuant to subparagraph (1) of paragraph (b) of subsection 1, the board of trustees of the school district shall ensure that the teacher receives assistance to help the teacher meet the standards for effective teaching, which may include, without limitation, peer assistance and review, participation in programs of professional development and other appropriate training.

      3.  If a determination made by the principal of a school pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 1 will:

      (a) Increase the cost of operating the school, the principal must seek to obtain any available grant from the Department and request any necessary additional amount of money from the board of trustees of the school district.

      (b) Decrease the cost of operating the school, the board of trustees of the school district must not reduce the amount of money allocated to the school as a result of the savings.

      4.  The State Board shall, in consultation with the board of trustees of each school district, establish, by regulation, the criteria for designating an underperforming school as a turnaround school for the purposes of this section. Such criteria must use current data from multiple sources.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3825 (Chapter 541, SB 92)ê

 

      Sec. 4.7. NRS 386.650 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      386.650  1.  The Department shall establish and maintain an automated system of accountability information for Nevada. The system must:

      (a) Have the capacity to provide and report information, including, without limitation, the results of the achievement of pupils:

             (1) In the manner required by 20 U.S.C. §§ 6301 et seq., and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto, and NRS 385.347 and 385.3572; and

             (2) In a separate reporting for each group of pupils identified in the statewide system of accountability for public schools;

      (b) Include a system of unique identification for each pupil:

             (1) To ensure that individual pupils may be tracked over time throughout this State;

             (2) That, to the extent practicable, may be used for purposes of identifying a pupil for both the public schools and the Nevada System of Higher Education, if that pupil enrolls in the System after graduation from high school; and

             (3) Which must, to the extent money is available for this purpose, include, without limitation, a unique identifier for each pupil whose parent or guardian is a member of the Armed Forces of the United States, a reserve component thereof or the National Guard in a manner that will allow for the disaggregation of each category;

      (c) Have the capacity to provide longitudinal comparisons of the academic achievement, rate of attendance and rate of graduation of pupils over time throughout this State;

      (d) Have the capacity to perform a variety of longitudinal analyses of the results of individual pupils on assessments, including, without limitation, the results of pupils by classroom and by school;

      (e) Have the capacity to identify which teachers are assigned to individual pupils;

      (f) Have the capacity to provide other information concerning schools and school districts that is not linked to individual pupils, including, without limitation, the ratings of schools and, if available, school districts pursuant to the statewide system of accountability for public schools and an identification of which schools, if any, are persistently dangerous;

      (g) Have the capacity to access financial accountability information for each public school, including, without limitation, each charter school, for each school district and for this State as a whole; and

      (h) Be designed to improve the ability of the Department, the sponsors of charter schools, the school districts and the public schools in this State, including, without limitation, charter schools, to account for the pupils who are enrolled in the public schools, including, without limitation, charter schools.

Ê The information maintained pursuant to paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) must be used for the purpose of improving the achievement of pupils and improving classroom instruction. Except as otherwise provided in [subsection] subsections 9 and 10 of NRS 391.3125 and [subsection] subsections 8 and 9 of NRS 391.3127, information on pupil achievement data, as prescribed by the State Board pursuant to NRS 391.465, must account for at least 50 percent, but must not be used as the sole criterion, in evaluating the performance of or taking disciplinary action against an individual teacher or other employee.

      2.  The board of trustees of each school district shall:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3826 (Chapter 541, SB 92)ê

 

      (a) Adopt and maintain the program prescribed by the Superintendent of Public Instruction pursuant to subsection 3 for the collection, maintenance and transfer of data from the records of individual pupils to the automated system of information, including, without limitation, the development of plans for the educational technology which is necessary to adopt and maintain the program;

      (b) Provide to the Department electronic data concerning pupils as required by the Superintendent of Public Instruction pursuant to subsection 3; and

      (c) Ensure that an electronic record is maintained in accordance with subsection 3 of NRS 386.655.

      3.  The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall:

      (a) Prescribe a uniform program throughout this State for the collection, maintenance and transfer of data that each school district must adopt, which must include standardized software;

      (b) Prescribe the data to be collected and reported to the Department by each school district and each sponsor of a charter school pursuant to subsection 2 and by each university school for profoundly gifted pupils;

      (c) Prescribe the format for the data;

      (d) Prescribe the date by which each school district shall report the data to the Department;

      (e) Prescribe the date by which each charter school shall report the data to the sponsor of the charter school;

      (f) Prescribe the date by which each university school for profoundly gifted pupils shall report the data to the Department;

      (g) Prescribe standardized codes for all data elements used within the automated system and all exchanges of data within the automated system, including, without limitation, data concerning:

             (1) Individual pupils;

             (2) Individual teachers;

             (3) Individual schools and school districts; and

             (4) Programs and financial information;

      (h) Provide technical assistance to each school district to ensure that the data from each public school in the school district, including, without limitation, each charter school and university school for profoundly gifted pupils located within the school district, is compatible with the automated system of information and comparable to the data reported by other school districts; and

      (i) Provide for the analysis and reporting of the data in the automated system of information.

      4.  The Department shall establish, to the extent authorized by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, 20 U.S.C. § 1232g, and any regulations adopted pursuant thereto, a mechanism by which persons or entities, including, without limitation, state officers who are members of the Executive or Legislative Branch, administrators of public schools and school districts, teachers and other educational personnel, and parents and guardians, will have different types of access to the accountability information contained within the automated system to the extent that such information is necessary for the performance of a duty or to the extent that such information may be made available to the general public without posing a threat to the confidentiality of an individual pupil.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3827 (Chapter 541, SB 92)ê

 

      5.  The Department may, to the extent authorized by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, 20 U.S.C. § 1232g, and any regulations adopted pursuant thereto, enter into an agreement with the Nevada System of Higher Education to provide access to data contained within the automated system for research purposes.

      Secs. 5-19. (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 20. NRS 391.100 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      391.100  1.  The board of trustees of a school district may employ a superintendent of schools, teachers and all other necessary employees.

      2.  A person who is initially hired by the board of trustees of a school district on or after January 8, 2002, to teach in a program supported with money from Title I must possess the qualifications required by 20 U.S.C. § 6319(a). For the purposes of this subsection, a person is not “initially hired” if he or she has been employed as a teacher by another school district or charter school in this State without an interruption in employment before the date of hire by the person’s current employer.

      3.  A person who is employed as a teacher, regardless of the date of hire, must possess, on or before July 1, 2006, the qualifications required by 20 U.S.C. § 6319(a) if the person teaches:

      (a) English, reading or language arts;

      (b) Mathematics;

      (c) Science;

      (d) Foreign language;

      (e) Civics or government;

      (f) Economics;

      (g) Geography;

      (h) History; or

      (i) The arts.

      4.  [The] Notwithstanding the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement or contract of employment to the contrary, before the board of trustees of a school district may transfer a teacher or administrator who has received an evaluation designating his or her overall performance as minimally effective or ineffective to another school as a result of decreased enrollment, administrative transfer or a reduction in workforce at a public school, the board of trustees of [a] the school district [:] must obtain the consent of the principal of the school to which the teacher or administrator is proposed to be transferred. If such consent is not obtained, the superintendent of schools of the school district:

      (a) May assign the teacher or administrator to a school within the district other than the school from which the teacher or administrator was transferred; and

      (b) May assign the teacher or administrator to the school at which the principal did not consent to the transfer of the teacher or administrator.

      5.  The board of trustees of a school district:

      (a) May employ teacher aides and other auxiliary, nonprofessional personnel to assist licensed personnel in the instruction or supervision of children, either in the classroom or at any other place in the school or on the grounds thereof. A person who is initially hired as a paraprofessional by a school district on or after January 8, 2002, to work in a program supported with Title I money must possess the qualifications required by 20 U.S.C. § 6319(c). A person who is employed as a paraprofessional by a school district, regardless of the date of hire, to work in a program supported with Title I money must possess, on or before January 8, 2006, the qualifications required by 20 U.S.C. § 6319(c).

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3828 (Chapter 541, SB 92)ê

 

Title I money must possess, on or before January 8, 2006, the qualifications required by 20 U.S.C. § 6319(c). For the purposes of this paragraph, a person is not “initially hired” if he or she has been employed as a paraprofessional by another school district or charter school in this State without an interruption in employment before the date of hire by the person’s current employer.

      (b) Shall establish policies governing the duties and performance of teacher aides.

      [5.] 6.  The superintendent of schools of a school district shall develop a plan to address the assignment of teachers or administrators who have received evaluations designating their overall performance as minimally effective or ineffective when the consent of a principal to a transfer pursuant to subsection 4 is not obtained. Such a plan must include, without limitation, a plan for any such teacher or administrator to receive assistance to help the teacher or administrator, as applicable, meet the standards for effective teaching, which may include, without limitation, peer assistance and review, participation in programs of professional development and other appropriate training.

      7.  Each applicant for employment pursuant to this section, except a teacher or other person licensed by the Superintendent of Public Instruction, must, as a condition to employment, submit to the school district a full set of the applicant’s fingerprints and written permission authorizing the school district to forward the fingerprints to the Central Repository for Nevada Records of Criminal History for its report on the criminal history of the applicant and for submission to the Federal Bureau of Investigation for its report on the criminal history of the applicant.

      [6.] 8.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection [7,] 9, the board of trustees of a school district shall not require a licensed teacher or other person licensed by the Superintendent of Public Instruction pursuant to NRS 391.033 who has taken a leave of absence from employment authorized by the school district, including, without limitation:

      (a) Sick leave;

      (b) Sabbatical leave;

      (c) Personal leave;

      (d) Leave for attendance at a regular or special session of the Legislature of this State if the employee is a member thereof;

      (e) Maternity leave; and

      (f) Leave permitted by the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, 29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq.,

Ê to submit a set of his or her fingerprints as a condition of return to or continued employment with the school district if the employee is in good standing when the employee began the leave.

      [7.] 9.  A board of trustees of a school district may ask the Superintendent of Public Instruction to require a person licensed by the Superintendent of Public Instruction pursuant to NRS 391.033 who has taken a leave of absence from employment authorized by the school district to submit a set of his or her fingerprints as a condition of return to or continued employment with the school district if the board of trustees has probable cause to believe that the person has committed a felony or an offense involving moral turpitude during the period of his or her leave of absence.

      [8.] 10.  The board of trustees of a school district may employ or appoint persons to serve as school police officers. If the board of trustees of a school district employs or appoints persons to serve as school police officers, the board of trustees shall employ a law enforcement officer to serve as the chief of school police who is supervised by the superintendent of schools of the school district.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3829 (Chapter 541, SB 92)ê

 

school district employs or appoints persons to serve as school police officers, the board of trustees shall employ a law enforcement officer to serve as the chief of school police who is supervised by the superintendent of schools of the school district. The chief of school police shall supervise each person appointed or employed by the board of trustees as a school police officer. In addition, persons who provide police services pursuant to subsection [9] 11 or [10] 12 shall be deemed school police officers.

      [9.] 11.  The board of trustees of a school district in a county that has a metropolitan police department created pursuant to chapter 280 of NRS may contract with the metropolitan police department for the provision and supervision of police services in the public schools within the jurisdiction of the metropolitan police department and on property therein that is owned by the school district. If a contract is entered into pursuant to this subsection, the contract must make provision for the transfer of each school police officer employed by the board of trustees to the metropolitan police department. If the board of trustees of a school district contracts with a metropolitan police department pursuant to this subsection, the board of trustees shall, if applicable, cooperate with appropriate local law enforcement agencies within the school district for the provision and supervision of police services in the public schools within the school district and on property owned by the school district, but outside the jurisdiction of the metropolitan police department.

      [10.] 12.  The board of trustees of a school district in a county that does not have a metropolitan police department created pursuant to chapter 280 of NRS may contract with the sheriff of that county for the provision of police services in the public schools within the school district and on property therein that is owned by the school district.

      Secs. 21-23. (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 24. NRS 391.3125 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      391.3125  1.  It is the intent of the Legislature that a uniform system be developed for objective evaluation of teachers and other licensed personnel in each school district.

      2.  Each board, following consultation with and involvement of elected representatives of the teachers or their designees, shall develop a policy for objective evaluations in narrative form. The policy must comply with the statewide performance evaluation system established by the State Board pursuant to NRS 391.465. The policy must set forth a means according to which an employee’s overall performance is determined to be highly effective, effective, minimally effective or ineffective. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 9 [,] or 10, the policy must require that pupil achievement data, as prescribed by the State Board pursuant to NRS 391.465, account for at least 50 percent of the evaluation. The policy may include an evaluation by the teacher, pupils, administrators or other teachers or any combination thereof. In a similar manner, counselors, librarians and other licensed personnel must be evaluated. A copy of the policy adopted by the board must be filed with the Department. The primary purpose of an evaluation is to provide a format for constructive assistance. Evaluations, while not the sole criterion, must be used in the dismissal process.

      3.  The person charged with the evaluation of a teacher pursuant to this section shall hold a conference with the teacher before and after each scheduled observation of the teacher during the school year.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3830 (Chapter 541, SB 92)ê

 

      4.  A probationary teacher must be evaluated three times during each school year of his or her probationary employment. Each evaluation must include at least one scheduled observation of the teacher during the school year as follows:

      (a) The first scheduled observation must occur within 40 days after the first day of instruction of the school year;

      (b) The second scheduled observation must occur after 40 days but within 80 days after the first day of instruction of the school year; and

      (c) The third scheduled observation must occur after 80 days but within 120 days after the first day of instruction of the school year.

      5.  If a postprobationary teacher receives an evaluation designating his or her overall performance as minimally effective or ineffective, the postprobationary teacher must be evaluated three times in the immediately succeeding school year in accordance with the observation schedule set forth in subsection 4. If a postprobationary teacher is evaluated three times in a school year and he or she receives an evaluation designating his or her overall performance as minimally effective or ineffective on the first or second evaluation, or both evaluations, the postprobationary teacher may request that the third evaluation be conducted by another administrator. If a postprobationary teacher requests that his or her third evaluation be conducted by another administrator, that administrator must be:

      (a) Employed by the school district or, if the school district has five or fewer administrators, employed by another school district in this State; and

      (b) Selected by the postprobationary teacher from a list of three candidates submitted by the superintendent.

      6.  If a postprobationary teacher receives an evaluation designating his or her overall performance as effective, the postprobationary teacher must be evaluated one time in the immediately succeeding school year. The evaluation must include at least two scheduled observations as follows:

      (a) The first scheduled observation must occur within 80 days after the first day of instruction of the school year; and

      (b) The second scheduled observation must occur after 80 days but within 120 days after the first day of instruction of the school year.

      7.  If a postprobationary teacher receives an evaluation designating his or her overall performance as highly effective, the postprobationary teacher must be evaluated one time in the immediately succeeding school year. The evaluation must include at least one scheduled observation which must occur within 120 days after the first day of instruction of the school year.

      8.  The evaluation of a probationary teacher or a postprobationary teacher pursuant to this section must comply with the regulations of the State Board adopted pursuant to NRS 391.465, which must include, without limitation:

      (a) An evaluation of the instructional practice of the teacher in the classroom;

      (b) An evaluation of the professional responsibilities of the teacher to support learning and promote the effectiveness of the school community;

      (c) Except as otherwise provided in subsection 9 [,] or 10, an evaluation of the performance of pupils enrolled in the school;

      (d) An evaluation of whether the teacher employs practices and strategies to involve and engage the parents and families of pupils in the classroom;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3831 (Chapter 541, SB 92)ê

 

      (e) Recommendations for improvements in the performance of the teacher;

      (f) A description of the action that will be taken to assist the teacher in the areas of instructional practice, professional responsibilities and the performance of pupils; and

      (g) A statement by the administrator who evaluated the teacher indicating the amount of time that the administrator personally observed the performance of the teacher in the classroom.

      9.  The evaluation of a probationary teacher in his or her initial year of employment as a probationary teacher must not include an evaluation of the performance of pupils enrolled in the school. This subsection does not apply to a postprobationary employee who is deemed to be a probationary employee pursuant to NRS 391.3129.

      10.  The evaluation of a teacher at a school designated as a turnaround school pursuant to section 4.2 of this act must not include an evaluation of the performance of pupils enrolled in the school for the first and second years after the school has been designated as a turnaround school.

      11.  The teacher must receive a copy of each evaluation not later than 15 days after the evaluation. A copy of the evaluation and the teacher’s response must be permanently attached to the teacher’s personnel file. Upon the request of a teacher, a reasonable effort must be made to assist the teacher to improve his or her performance based upon the recommendations reported in the evaluation of the teacher.

      Sec. 25. NRS 391.3127 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      391.3127  1.  Each board, following consultation with and involvement of elected representatives of administrative personnel or their designated representatives, shall develop an objective policy for the objective evaluation of administrators in narrative form. The policy must provide for the evaluation of those administrators who provide primarily administrative services at the school level and who do not provide primarily direct instructional services to pupils, regardless of whether such an administrator is licensed as a teacher or administrator, including, without limitation, a principal and a vice principal. The policy must comply with the statewide performance evaluation system established by the State Board pursuant to NRS 391.465. The policy must set forth a means according to which an administrator’s overall performance is determined to be highly effective, effective, minimally effective or ineffective. Except as otherwise provided in subsection 8 [,] or 9, the policy must require that pupil achievement data, as prescribed by the State Board pursuant to NRS 391.465, account for at least 50 percent of the evaluation. The policy may include an evaluation by the administrator, superintendent, pupils or other administrators or any combination thereof. A copy of the policy adopted by the board must be filed with the Department and made available to the Commission.

      2.  The person charged with the evaluation of an administrator pursuant to this section shall hold a conference with the administrator before and after each scheduled observation of the administrator during the school year.

      3.  A probationary administrator must be evaluated three times during each school year of his or her probationary employment. Each evaluation must include at least one scheduled observation of the probationary administrator during the school year as follows:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3832 (Chapter 541, SB 92)ê

 

      (a) The first scheduled observation must occur within 40 days after the first day of instruction of the school year;

      (b) The second scheduled observation must occur after 40 days but within 80 days after the first day of instruction of the school year; and

      (c) The third scheduled observation must occur after 80 days but within 120 days after the first day of instruction of the school year.

      4.  If a postprobationary administrator receives an evaluation designating his or her overall performance as minimally effective or ineffective, the postprobationary administrator must be evaluated three times in the immediately succeeding school year in accordance with the observation schedule set forth in subsection 3. If a postprobationary administrator is evaluated three times in a school year and he or she receives an evaluation designating his or her overall performance as minimally effective or ineffective on the first or second evaluation, or both evaluations, the postprobationary administrator may request that the third evaluation be conducted by another administrator. If a postprobationary administrator requests that his or her third evaluation be conducted by another administrator, that administrator must be:

      (a) Employed by the school district or, if the school district has five or fewer administrators, employed by another school district in this State; and

      (b) Selected by the postprobationary administrator from a list of three candidates submitted by the superintendent.

      5.  If a postprobationary administrator receives an evaluation designating his or her overall performance as effective, the postprobationary administrator must be evaluated one time in the immediately succeeding school year. The evaluation must include at least two scheduled observations as follows:

      (a) The first scheduled observation must occur within 80 days after the first day of instruction of the school year; and

      (b) The second scheduled observation must occur after 80 days but within 120 days after the first day of instruction of the school year.

      6.  If a postprobationary administrator receives an evaluation designating his or her overall performance as highly effective, the postprobationary administrator must be evaluated one time in the immediately succeeding school year. The evaluation must include at least one scheduled observation which must occur within 120 days after the first day of instruction of the school year.

      7.  The evaluation of an administrator pursuant to this section must comply with the regulations of the State Board adopted pursuant to NRS 391.465, which must include, without limitation:

      (a) An evaluation of the instructional leadership practices of the administrator at the school;

      (b) An evaluation of the professional responsibilities of the administrator to support learning and promote the effectiveness of the school community;

      (c) Except as otherwise provided in subsection 8 [,] or 9, an evaluation of the performance of pupils enrolled in the school;

      (d) An evaluation of whether the administrator employs practices and strategies to involve and engage the parents and families of pupils enrolled in the school;

      (e) Recommendations for improvements in the performance of the administrator; and

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3833 (Chapter 541, SB 92)ê

 

      (f) A description of the action that will be taken to assist the administrator in the areas of instructional leadership practice, professional responsibilities and the performance of pupils.

      8.  The evaluation of a probationary administrator in his or her initial year of probationary employment must not include an evaluation of the performance of pupils enrolled in the school. This subsection does not apply to a postprobationary employee who is deemed to be a probationary employee pursuant to NRS 391.3129.

      9.  The evaluation of an administrator at a school designated as a turnaround school pursuant to section 4.2 of this act must not include an evaluation of the performance of pupils enrolled in the school for the first and second years after the school has been designated as a turnaround school.

      10.  Each probationary administrator is subject to the provisions of NRS 391.3128 and 391.3197.

      [10. ]11.  Before a superintendent transfers or assigns an administrator to another administrative position as part of an administrative reorganization, if the transfer or reassignment is to a position of lower rank, responsibility or pay, the superintendent shall give written notice of the proposed transfer or assignment to the administrator at least 30 days before the date on which it is to be effective. The administrator may appeal the decision of the superintendent to the board by requesting a hearing in writing to the president of the board within 5 days after receiving the notice from the superintendent. The board shall hear the matter within 10 days after the president receives the request, and shall render its decision within 5 days after the hearing. The decision of the board is final.

      Secs. 26-28. (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 29. NRS 391.465 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      391.465  1.  The State Board shall, based upon the recommendations of the Teachers and Leaders Council of Nevada submitted pursuant to NRS 391.460, adopt regulations establishing a statewide performance evaluation system which incorporates multiple measures of an employee’s performance.

      2.  The statewide performance evaluation system must:

      (a) Require that an employee’s overall performance is determined to be:

             (1) Highly effective;

             (2) Effective;

             (3) Minimally effective; or

             (4) Ineffective.

      (b) Include the criteria for making each designation identified in paragraph (a).

      (c) Except as otherwise provided in [subsection 9] subsections 9 and 10 of NRS 391.3125 and [subsection 8] subsections 8 and 9 of NRS 391.3127, require that pupil achievement data account for at least 50 percent of the evaluation.

      (d) Prescribe the pupil achievement data that must be used as part of the evaluation system pursuant to paragraph (c).

      (e) Include an evaluation of whether the teacher, or administrator who provides primarily administrative services at the school level and who does not provide primarily direct instructional services to pupils, regardless of whether the probationary administrator is licensed as a teacher or administrator, including, without limitation, a principal and vice principal, employs practices and strategies to involve and engage the parents and families of pupils.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3834 (Chapter 541, SB 92)ê

 

administrator, including, without limitation, a principal and vice principal, employs practices and strategies to involve and engage the parents and families of pupils.

      (f) Include a process for peer evaluations of teachers by qualified educational personnel which is designed to provide assistance to teachers in meeting the standards of effective teaching, and includes, without limitation, conducting observations, participating in conferences before and after observations of the teacher and providing information and resources to the teacher about strategies for effective teaching. The regulations must include the criteria for school districts to determine which educational personnel are qualified to conduct peer reviews pursuant to the process.

      Sec. 29.3. NRS 171.1223 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      171.1223  1.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 3, in a county whose population is 100,000 or more, a peace officer with limited jurisdiction who witnesses a category A felony being committed or attempted in the officer’s presence, or has reasonable cause for believing a person has committed or attempted to commit a category A felony in an area that is within the officer’s jurisdiction, shall immediately notify the primary law enforcement agency in the city or county, as appropriate, where the offense or attempted offense was committed.

      2.  Upon arrival of an officer from the primary law enforcement agency notified pursuant to subsection 1, a peace officer with limited jurisdiction shall immediately transfer the investigation of the offense or attempted offense to the primary law enforcement agency.

      3.  The provisions of subsection 1 do not:

      (a) Apply to an offense or attempted offense that is a misdemeanor, gross misdemeanor or felony other than a category A felony;

      (b) Apply to an officer of the Nevada Highway Patrol, a member of the police department of the Nevada System of Higher Education, an agent of the Investigation Division of the Department of Public Safety or a ranger of the Division of State Parks of the State Department of Conservation and Natural Resources;

      (c) Apply to a peace officer with limited jurisdiction if an interlocal agreement between the officer’s employer and the primary law enforcement agency in the city or county in which a category A felony was committed or attempted authorizes the peace officer with limited jurisdiction to respond to and investigate the felony without immediately notifying the primary law enforcement agency; or

      (d) Prohibit a peace officer with limited jurisdiction from:

             (1) Contacting a primary law enforcement agency for assistance with an offense that is a misdemeanor, gross misdemeanor or felony that is not a category A felony; or

             (2) Responding to a category A felony until the appropriate primary law enforcement agency arrives at the location where the felony was allegedly committed or attempted, including, without limitation, taking any appropriate action to provide assistance to a victim of the felony, to apprehend the person suspected of committing or attempting to commit the felony, to secure the location where the felony was allegedly committed or attempted and to protect the life and safety of the peace officer and any other person present at that location.

      4.  As used in this section:

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3835 (Chapter 541, SB 92)ê

 

      (a) “Peace officer with limited jurisdiction” means:

             (1) A school police officer who is appointed or employed pursuant to subsection [8] 10 of NRS 391.100;

             (2) An airport guard or police officer who is appointed pursuant to NRS 496.130;

             (3) A person employed to provide police services for an airport authority created by a special act of the Legislature; and

             (4) A marshal or park ranger who is part of a unit of specialized law enforcement established pursuant to NRS 280.125.

      (b) “Primary law enforcement agency” means:

             (1) A police department of an incorporated city;

             (2) The sheriff’s office of a county; or

             (3) If the county is within the jurisdiction of a metropolitan police department, the metropolitan police department.

      Sec. 29.7. NRS 288.150 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      288.150  1.  Except as provided in subsection 4, every local government employer shall negotiate in good faith through one or more representatives of its own choosing concerning the mandatory subjects of bargaining set forth in subsection 2 with the designated representatives of the recognized employee organization, if any, for each appropriate bargaining unit among its employees. If either party so requests, agreements reached must be reduced to writing.

      2.  The scope of mandatory bargaining is limited to:

      (a) Salary or wage rates or other forms of direct monetary compensation.

      (b) Sick leave.

      (c) Vacation leave.

      (d) Holidays.

      (e) Other paid or nonpaid leaves of absence.

      (f) Insurance benefits.

      (g) Total hours of work required of an employee on each workday or workweek.

      (h) Total number of days’ work required of an employee in a work year.

      (i) Discharge and disciplinary procedures.

      (j) Recognition clause.

      (k) The method used to classify employees in the bargaining unit.

      (l) Deduction of dues for the recognized employee organization.

      (m) Protection of employees in the bargaining unit from discrimination because of participation in recognized employee organizations consistent with the provisions of this chapter.

      (n) No-strike provisions consistent with the provisions of this chapter.

      (o) Grievance and arbitration procedures for resolution of disputes relating to interpretation or application of collective bargaining agreements.

      (p) General savings clauses.

      (q) Duration of collective bargaining agreements.

      (r) Safety of the employee.

      (s) Teacher preparation time.

      (t) Materials and supplies for classrooms.

      (u) [The] Except as otherwise provided in subsection 6, the policies for the transfer and reassignment of teachers.

      (v) Procedures for reduction in workforce consistent with the provisions of this chapter.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3836 (Chapter 541, SB 92)ê

 

      (w) Procedures and requirements for the reopening of collective bargaining agreements that exceed 1 year in duration for additional, further, new or supplementary negotiations during periods of fiscal emergency. The requirements for the reopening of a collective bargaining agreement must include, without limitation, measures of revenue shortfalls or reductions relative to economic indicators such as the Consumer Price Index, as agreed upon by both parties.

      3.  Those subject matters which are not within the scope of mandatory bargaining and which are reserved to the local government employer without negotiation include:

      (a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (u) of subsection 2, the right to hire, direct, assign or transfer an employee, but excluding the right to assign or transfer an employee as a form of discipline.

      (b) The right to reduce in force or lay off any employee because of lack of work or lack of money, subject to paragraph (v) of subsection 2.

      (c) The right to determine:

             (1) Appropriate staffing levels and work performance standards, except for safety considerations;

             (2) The content of the workday, including without limitation workload factors, except for safety considerations;

             (3) The quality and quantity of services to be offered to the public; and

             (4) The means and methods of offering those services.

      (d) Safety of the public.

      4.  Notwithstanding the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement negotiated pursuant to this chapter, a local government employer is entitled to take whatever actions may be necessary to carry out its responsibilities in situations of emergency such as a riot, military action, natural disaster or civil disorder. Those actions may include the suspension of any collective bargaining agreement for the duration of the emergency. Any action taken under the provisions of this subsection must not be construed as a failure to negotiate in good faith.

      5.  The provisions of this chapter, including without limitation the provisions of this section, recognize and declare the ultimate right and responsibility of the local government employer to manage its operation in the most efficient manner consistent with the best interests of all its citizens, its taxpayers and its employees.

      6.  The board of trustees of a school district in which a school is designated as a turnaround school pursuant to section 4.2 of this act or the principal of such a school, as applicable, may take any action authorized pursuant to section 4.2 of this act, including, without limitation:

      (a) Reassigning any member of the staff of such a school; or

      (b) If the staff member of another public school consents, reassigning that member of the staff of the other public school to such a school.

      7.  Any provision of an agreement negotiated pursuant to this chapter which differs from or conflicts in any way with the provisions of subsection 6 or imposes consequences on the board of trustees of a school district or the principal of a school for taking any action authorized pursuant to subsection 6 is unenforceable and void.

      8.  This section does not preclude, but this chapter does not require, the local government employer to negotiate subject matters enumerated in subsection 3 which are outside the scope of mandatory bargaining. The local government employer shall discuss subject matters outside the scope of mandatory bargaining but it is not required to negotiate those matters.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3837 (Chapter 541, SB 92)ê

 

government employer shall discuss subject matters outside the scope of mandatory bargaining but it is not required to negotiate those matters.

      [7.] 9.  Contract provisions presently existing in signed and ratified agreements as of May 15, 1975, at 12 p.m. remain negotiable.

      Sec. 30. NRS 288.151 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      288.151  [If] Notwithstanding the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement or contract of employment to the contrary:

      1.  Except as otherwise provided in subsections 2 to 6, inclusive, if the board of trustees of a school district determines that a reduction in the existing workforce of the licensed educational personnel in the school district is necessary, the decision to lay off a teacher or an administrator must [not] be based solely on the [seniority of the teacher or administrator and may include, without limitation, a consideration of] overall performance of the teacher or administrator under the statewide performance evaluation system adopted by the State Board pursuant to NRS 391.465. When determining the manner in which to reduce the existing workforce, the board of trustees of a school district must lay off a teacher or administrator whose overall performance has been determined to be:

      (a) Ineffective, before laying off a teacher or administrator whose overall performance has been determined to be minimally effective, effective or highly effective;

      (b) Minimally effective, before laying off a teacher or administrator whose overall performance has been determined to be effective or highly effective; and

      (c) Effective, before laying off a teacher or administrator whose overall performance has been determined to be highly effective.

      2.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 6, if the board of trustees of a school district determines that a further reduction in the existing workforce of the licensed educational personnel in a school district beyond that made pursuant to subsection 1 is necessary, the board of trustees must lay off a teacher or administrator whose employment record includes:

      (a) A criminal record that resulted in the suspension of the teacher or administrator; or

      (b) Disciplinary action that resulted in the suspension of the teacher or administrator and that was uncontested or has been finally adjudicated;

Ê before laying off a teacher or administrator whose employment record does not include such a record or disciplinary action.

      3.  The board of trustees shall lay off teachers or administrators whose employment records include disciplinary actions that resulted in the suspension of the teacher or administrator pursuant to subsection 2 in the order of severity of the disciplinary action, with those employees whose employment record includes more severe disciplinary action being laid off first.

      4.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 6, if the board of trustees of a school district determines that a further reduction in the existing workforce of licensed educational personnel beyond that made pursuant to subsection 2 is necessary, the decision to lay off a teacher or administrator must be based on the following factors:

      [1.](a) Whether the teacher or administrator is employed in a position which is hard to fill;

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3838 (Chapter 541, SB 92)ê

 

      [2.](b) Whether the teacher or administrator has received a national board certification;

      [3.](c)[The performance evaluations of the teacher or administrator;

      4.  The disciplinary record of the teacher or administrator within the school district;

      5.  The criminal record of the teacher or administrator, if any;

      6.]  The type of licensure held by the teacher or administrator; and

      [7.] (d) The type of degree attained by the teacher or administrator and whether the degree is in a subject area that is related to his or her position.

      5.  If, after consideration of the factors described in subsections 1 to 4, inclusive, two or more teachers or administrators are similarly situated, the board of trustees of the school district may give preference to the more senior teacher or administrator.

      6.  The board of trustees of a school district is not required to take the actions described in subsections 1 to 4, inclusive, with regard to a teacher who teaches in a school in the district in a subject area for which there is a shortage of teachers, which may include, without limitation, science, technology, engineering, mathematics, special education and English as a second language.

      Sec. 30.5. NRS 289.190 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      289.190  1.  A person employed or appointed to serve as a school police officer pursuant to subsection [8] 10 of NRS 391.100 has the powers of a peace officer. A school police officer shall perform the officer’s duties in compliance with the provisions of NRS 171.1223.

      2.  A person appointed pursuant to NRS 393.0718 by the board of trustees of any school district has the powers of a peace officer to carry out the intents and purposes of NRS 393.071 to 393.0719, inclusive.

      3.  Members of every board of trustees of a school district, superintendents of schools, principals and teachers have concurrent power with peace officers for the protection of children in school and on the way to and from school, and for the enforcement of order and discipline among such children, including children who attend school within one school district but reside in an adjoining school district or adjoining state, pursuant to the provisions of chapter 392 of NRS. This subsection must not be construed so as to make it the duty of superintendents of schools, principals and teachers to supervise the conduct of children while not on the school property.

      Sec. 31.  The amendatory provisions of this act:

      1.  Apply to any contract of employment entered into on or after July 1, 2015, and any provision of such an agreement that is in conflict is void.

      2.  Do not apply to any contract of employment entered into before July 1, 2015, and in effect on that date, but do apply to any extension or renewal of such a contract and to any contract of employment entered into on or after July 1, 2015.

      3.  Do not apply during the current term of any collective bargaining agreement entered into before July 1, 2015, and in effect on that date, but do apply to any extension or renewal of such an agreement and to any such agreement entered into on or after July 1, 2015.

      Sec. 32. (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 32.5.  1.  During the 2015-2017 biennium, the Legislative Counsel shall cause the provisions of title 34 of NRS to be reorganized to improve the orderly and logical arrangement of the provisions of that title so that they are easier to use and understand. In doing so, the Legislative Counsel may make any necessary conforming changes to carry out the laws, remove any unnecessary or duplicative provisions from existing law and exercise any other powers conferred by NRS 220.120.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3839 (Chapter 541, SB 92)ê

 

Counsel may make any necessary conforming changes to carry out the laws, remove any unnecessary or duplicative provisions from existing law and exercise any other powers conferred by NRS 220.120.

      2.  During the 2017 Legislative Session, the Legislative Counsel shall present a bill to the Legislature which includes any provisions of title 34 of NRS that are revised during the reorganization of title 34 of NRS which the Legislative Counsel determines appropriate for ratification by the Legislature.

      Sec. 33.  This act becomes effective on July 1, 2015.

________

CHAPTER 542, AB 170

Assembly Bill No. 170–Assemblymen Dickman, Wheeler, Fiore; Ellison, Hambrick, Moore and Shelton

 

CHAPTER 542

 

[Approved: June 11, 2015]

 

AN ACT relating to municipal obligations; clarifying that a general obligation issued or incurred by a municipality or school district must be used only for the stated purpose for which the general obligation was originally issued or incurred; requiring certain information to be included in certain publications relating to the intent of a municipality to issue or incur obligations; revising the manner of publication of a certain notice; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.

Legislative Counsel’s Digest:

      Existing law authorizes municipalities and school districts to issue or incur general obligations upon meeting certain requirements. Municipalities generally are required to submit a proposal to issue or incur general obligations to the electors of the municipality at a special or general election, with the exception that municipalities may issue or incur general obligations by an affirmative vote of two-thirds of the members of the governing body of the municipality finding that the pledged non property tax revenue will be sufficient to service the debt, upon publishing a resolution of intent to issue or incur the obligation and upon meeting certain other procedural requirements. Under the exception, upon the filing of a petition by not less than 5 percent of the registered voters of the municipality, the obligation may be issued only pursuant to an election. (NRS 350.020) This bill: (1) clarifies that a general obligation issued or incurred by a municipality or school district must be used only for the stated purpose for which the general obligation was originally issued or incurred and not for any other purpose; (2) requires a publication of a resolution of the intent of a municipality to issue or incur a general obligation to include certain information relating to the filing of a petition to hold an election on the issuance of the obligation; and (3) requires the publication of the notice of the public hearing concerning the incurrence of the obligation to be made at least three times, once a week for 3 consecutive weeks, in a newspaper of general circulation in the municipality.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3840 (Chapter 542, AB 170)ê

 

EXPLANATION – Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between brackets [omitted material] is material to be omitted.

 

THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN

SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:

 

      Section 1. NRS 350.020 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      350.020  1.  A general obligation issued or incurred pursuant to this section must be used only for the stated purpose for which the general obligation was originally issued or incurred and not for any other purpose. Except as otherwise provided by subsections 3 and 4, if a municipality proposes to issue or incur general obligations, the proposal must be submitted to the electors of the municipality at a special election called for that purpose or the next general municipal election or general state election.

      2.  Such a special election may be held:

      (a) At any time, including, without limitation, on the date of a primary municipal election or a primary state election, if the governing body of the municipality determines, by a unanimous vote, that an emergency exists; or

      (b) On the first Tuesday after the first Monday in June of an odd-numbered year,

Ê except that the governing body shall not determine that an emergency exists if the special election is for the purpose of submitting to the electors a proposal to refund bonds. The determination made by the governing body is conclusive unless it is shown that the governing body acted with fraud, a gross abuse of discretion or in violation of the provisions of this subsection. An action to challenge the determination made by the governing body must be commenced within 15 days after the governing body’s determination is final. As used in this subsection, “emergency” means any occurrence or combination of occurrences which requires immediate action by the governing body of the municipality to prevent or mitigate a substantial financial loss to the municipality or to enable the governing body to provide an essential service to the residents of the municipality.

      3.  If payment of a general obligation of the municipality is additionally secured by a pledge of gross or net revenue of a project to be financed by its issue, and the governing body determines, by an affirmative vote of two-thirds of the members elected to the governing body, that the pledged revenue will at least equal the amount required in each year for the payment of interest and principal, without regard to any option reserved by the municipality for early redemption, the municipality may, after a public hearing, incur this general obligation without an election unless, within 90 days after publication of a resolution of intent to issue the bonds, a petition is presented to the governing body signed by not less than 5 percent of the registered voters of the municipality. Any member elected to the governing body whose authority to vote is limited by charter, statute or otherwise may vote on the determination required to be made by the governing body pursuant to this subsection. The determination by the governing body becomes conclusive on the last day for filing the petition. For the purpose of this subsection, the number of registered voters must be determined as of the close of registration for the last preceding general election. The resolution of intent need not be published in full, but the publication must include the amount of the obligation , [and] the purpose for which it is to be incurred [.] , the date by which the registered voters of the municipality must file a petition with the governing body to hold an election on the issuance of the obligation, the location at which the petition must be filed with the governing body and the location at which a person may obtain additional information regarding the contents of and filing requirements for the petition.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3841 (Chapter 542, AB 170)ê

 

obligation, the location at which the petition must be filed with the governing body and the location at which a person may obtain additional information regarding the contents of and filing requirements for the petition. Notice of the public hearing must be published at least [10 days before the day of the hearing. The publications must be made] three times, once each week for three consecutive weeks, in a newspaper of general circulation in the municipality. The third publication of the notice required by this subsection must be made at least 10 days before the date of the hearing. When published, the notice of the public hearing must be at least as large as 5 inches high by 4 inches wide.

      4.  The board of trustees of a school district may issue general obligation bonds which are not expected to result in an increase in the existing property tax levy for the payment of bonds of the school district without holding an election for each issuance of the bonds if the qualified electors approve a question submitted by the board of trustees that authorizes issuance of bonds for a period of 10 years after the date of approval by the voters. If the question is approved, the board of trustees of the school district may issue the bonds for a period of 10 years after the date of approval by the voters, after obtaining the approval of the debt management commission in the county in which the school district is located and, in a county whose population is 100,000 or more, the approval of the oversight panel for school facilities established pursuant to NRS 393.092 in that county, if the board of trustees of the school district finds that the existing tax for debt service will at least equal the amount required to pay the principal and interest on the outstanding general obligations of the school district and the general obligations proposed to be issued. The finding made by the board of trustees is conclusive in the absence of fraud or gross abuse of discretion. As used in this subsection, “general obligations” does not include medium-term obligations issued pursuant to NRS 350.087 to 350.095, inclusive.

      5.  At the time of issuance of bonds authorized pursuant to subsection 4, the board of trustees shall establish a reserve account in its debt service fund for payment of the outstanding bonds of the school district. The reserve account must be established and maintained in an amount at least equal to the lesser of:

      (a) For a school district located in a county whose population is 100,000 or more, 25 percent; and

      (b) For a school district located in a county whose population is less than 100,000, 50 percent,

Ê of the amount of principal and interest payments due on all of the outstanding bonds of the school district in the next fiscal year or 10 percent of the outstanding principal amount of the outstanding bonds of the school district.

      6.  If the amount in the reserve account falls below the amount required by subsection 5:

      (a) The board of trustees shall not issue additional bonds pursuant to subsection 4 until the reserve account is restored to the level required by subsection 5; and

      (b) The board of trustees shall apply all of the taxes levied by the school district for payment of bonds of the school district that are not needed for payment of the principal and interest on bonds of the school district in the current fiscal year to restore the reserve account to the level required pursuant to subsection 5.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3842 (Chapter 542, AB 170)ê

 

      7.  A question presented to the voters pursuant to subsection 4 may authorize all or a portion of the revenue generated by the debt rate which is in excess of the amount required:

      (a) For debt service in the current fiscal year;

      (b) For other purposes related to the bonds by the instrument pursuant to which the bonds were issued; and

      (c) To maintain the reserve account required pursuant to subsection 5,

Ê to be transferred to the county school district’s fund for capital projects established pursuant to NRS 387.328 and used to pay the cost of capital projects which can lawfully be paid from that fund. Any such transfer must not limit the ability of the school district to issue bonds during the period of voter authorization if the findings and approvals required by subsection 4 are obtained.

      8.  A municipality may issue special or medium-term obligations without an election.

      Sec. 2.  (Deleted by amendment.)

________

CHAPTER 543, AB 394

Assembly Bill No. 394–Assemblymen Gardner, Fiore, Jones, Silberkraus, Hickey; Dickman, O’Neill, Seaman and Trowbridge

 

CHAPTER 543

 

[Approved: June 11, 2015]

 

AN ACT relating to education; authorizing boards of trustees of contiguous school districts to consolidate their respective school districts; creating an advisory committee and technical advisory committee for the purpose of developing a plan to reorganize the Clark County School District into certain local school precincts; providing for the membership, compensation and duties of the committees; requiring the State Board of Education to adopt regulations providing for the implementation of the plan; revising provisions related to collective bargaining, contingent upon implementation of the plan; and providing other matters properly relating thereto.

Legislative Counsel’s Digest:

      Existing law requires each local government employer to engage in collective bargaining with the recognized employee organization, if any, for each appropriate bargaining unit among its employees. (NRS 288.150) For these purposes, effective upon implementation of the plan for the reorganization of the Clark County School District into local school precincts pursuant to sections 21-29 of this bill, section 20.7 of this bill provides that the District remains a local government employer with respect to employees engaged in any centralized services or functions provided or performed by the District, while each local school precinct becomes the local government employer of employees engaged in the services or functions of the local school precinct. Existing law establishes a process for the resolution of impasses in bargaining involving a school district and an employee organization representing teachers or educational support personnel. (NRS 288.217) Section 20.9 of this bill revises these provisions to make them applicable also to a local school precinct.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3843 (Chapter 543, AB 394)ê

 

      Existing law creates county school districts, the boundaries of which are coterminous with the boundaries of the counties of this State. (NRS 386.010) Sections 20.1 and 20.2 of this bill authorize two or more boards of trustees of contiguous school districts to consolidate the respective school districts by interlocal agreement.

      Section 25 of this bill provides for the creation of an advisory committee for the purpose of developing a plan to reorganize the Clark County School District into local school precincts and to study the distribution of federal, state and local funds and the impact of local school precincts on public school financing. Section 26 of this bill creates a technical advisory committee for the purpose of assisting the advisory committee. Sections 25 and 26 also provide for the membership, compensation and duties of the respective committees. Section 27 of this bill requires the advisory committee, in consultation with the technical advisory committee, to contract with a consultant for the purposes of conducting a study with respect to developing the plan and with the study of the distribution of federal, state and local funds and the impact of the precincts on public school financing. Section 27 authorizes the advisory committee to request from the Interim Finance Committee an allocation of money to conduct the study. Section 27 prescribes the subject matter which must be contemplated by the advisory committee in developing the plan. Section 28 of this bill requires the Board of County Commissioners of Clark County to conduct certain public meetings within the County for the purpose of receiving public comment and input with respect to a proposed plan. Section 28 requires the advisory committee to file the plan with the State Board of Education, the Board of Trustees of the Clark County School District and the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmittal to the 79th Session of the Nevada Legislature. Section 28 also requires the State Board to adopt regulations necessary and appropriate to effectuate the implementation of the plan not later than the 2018-2019 school year. The plan must not be implemented until the regulations are adopted and effective.

 

EXPLANATION – Matter in bolded italics is new; matter between brackets [omitted material] is material to be omitted.

 

      Whereas, The system of public education in Nevada is organized by county school districts, the boundaries of which are coterminous with the boundaries of this State; and

      Whereas, Recent statistics indicate that the Clark County School District is ranked as the fifth school district in the nation with the highest enrollment of pupils and the seventh largest by area in the continental United States, covering over 8,000 square miles; and

      Whereas, The Clark County School District, with a pupil enrollment of approximately 315,000 pupils, accounts for 70 percent of the pupils who are enrolled in the public schools of this State; and

      Whereas, The unique geography of this State has resulted in the concentration of some schools and pupils at locations that are considerably distant and remote from the centralized administrative offices of the various school districts; and

      Whereas, Allowing smaller school districts to consolidate services, functions and personnel could result in cost effective savings and provide more accessibility for pupils and parents who reside in remote areas of this State; and

      Whereas, Reconfiguring the structure of the Clark County School District into local school precincts will offer an educational system that is responsive to the needs and concerns of the residents of that school district; and

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3844 (Chapter 543, AB 394)ê

 

      Whereas, The plan to develop local school precincts will take a considerable amount of time and study to ensure the plan is designed in a manner that benefits the residents of the Clark County School District; now, therefore,

 

THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEVADA, REPRESENTED IN

SENATE AND ASSEMBLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:

 

      Sections 1-20. (Deleted by amendment.)

      Sec. 20.1. NRS 277.103 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      277.103  1.  The governing bodies of a county, the largest city, and each other incorporated city which chooses to participate may consolidate the services provided by those governments, by interlocal agreement pursuant to the provisions of NRS 277.105.

      2.  Two or more boards of trustees of contiguous school districts may consolidate the respective school districts, by interlocal agreement pursuant to the provisions of subsection 3 of NRS 277.105. The boundaries of a consolidated school district created by interlocal agreement must be coterminous with the boundaries of the contiguous school districts being consolidated.

      3.  The provisions of this section and NRS 277.105 supplement, and in case of conflict prevail over, the provisions of NRS 277.110 to 277.180, inclusive.

      Sec. 20.2. NRS 277.105 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      277.105  1.  In a county in which governmental services are consolidated, the governing bodies may establish a permanent administrative entity to perform specific functions throughout the participating cities and in the unincorporated area of the county, including, but not limited to:

      (a) Prevention and suppression of fire.

      (b) Sanitation and sewerage.

      (c) Planning, regulation of use of land and buildings, inspection of buildings for safety, and the issuance of building permits.

      (d) Regulation of business and gaming and issuance of business and gaming licenses.

      (e) Provision of parks and recreation, including the maintenance of existing facilities.

      (f) Provision of informational systems and data processing for the county and participating cities.

      (g) General services and the maintenance of buildings and vehicles for the county and participating cities.

      2.  The county and each participating city may negotiate concerning the manner of contributing to the budget of the administrative entity in proportion to the sum of revenues derived by each from taxes, licenses for business and gaming, and fees for services performed, in each city and in the unincorporated area of the county, respectively.

      3.  An interlocal agreement entered into between two or more boards of trustees for the purposes of consolidating contiguous school districts may set forth any terms and conditions necessary to facilitate the creation, operation, management and administration of the consolidated school district.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3845 (Chapter 543, AB 394)ê

 

      Sec. 20.3. Chapter 288 of NRS is hereby amended by adding thereto a new section to read as follows:

      “Local school precinct” means a local school precinct that is organized in the Clark County School District in accordance with a plan developed and implemented pursuant to sections 21 to 29, inclusive, of this act.

      Sec. 20.5. NRS 288.020 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      288.020  As used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires, the words and terms defined in NRS 288.025 to 288.075, inclusive, and section 20.3 of this act have the meanings ascribed to them in those sections.

      Sec. 20.7. NRS 288.060 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      288.060  [“Local]

      1.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 3, “local government employer” means any political subdivision of this State or any public or quasi-public corporation organized under the laws of this State . [and]

      2.  The term includes, without limitation, counties, cities, unincorporated towns, school districts, charter schools, hospital districts, irrigation districts and other special districts.

      3.  Regarding the Clark County School District, the term means:

      (a) With respect to any centralized services or functions provided or performed by the District in accordance with a plan developed and implemented pursuant to sections 21 to 29, inclusive, of this act, the District; or

      (b) With respect to the services or functions of a local school precinct not described in paragraph (a), the local school precinct.

      Sec. 20.9. NRS 288.217 is hereby amended to read as follows:

      288.217  1.  The provisions of this section govern negotiations between school districts or local school precincts and employee organizations representing teachers and educational support personnel.

      2.  If the parties to a negotiation pursuant to this section have failed to reach an agreement after at least four sessions of negotiation, either party may declare the negotiations to be at an impasse and, after 5 days’ written notice is given to the other party, submit the issues remaining in dispute to an arbitrator. The arbitrator must be selected in the manner provided in subsection 2 of NRS 288.200 and has the powers provided for fact finders in NRS 288.210.

      3.  The arbitrator shall, within 30 days after the arbitrator is selected, and after 7 days’ written notice is given to the parties, hold a hearing to receive information concerning the dispute. The hearing must be held in the county in which the school district or local school precinct is located and the arbitrator shall arrange for a full and complete record of the hearing.

      4.  The parties to the dispute shall each pay one-half of the costs of the arbitration.

      5.  A determination of the financial ability of a school district or local school precinct must be based on:

      (a) All existing available revenues as established by the school district or local school precinct and within the limitations set forth in NRS 354.6241, with due regard for the obligation of the school district or local school precinct to provide an education to the children residing within the district [.] or local school precinct.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3846 (Chapter 543, AB 394)ê

 

      (b) Consideration of funding for the current year being negotiated. If the parties mutually agree to arbitrate a multi-year contract the arbitrator must consider the ability to pay over the life of the contract being negotiated or arbitrated.

Ê Once the arbitrator has determined in accordance with this subsection that there is a current financial ability to grant monetary benefits, the arbitrator shall consider, to the extent appropriate, compensation of other governmental employees, both in and out of this State.

      6.  At the recommendation of the arbitrator, the parties may, before the submission of a final offer, enter into negotiations. If the negotiations are begun, the arbitrator may adjourn the hearing for a period of 3 weeks. If an agreement is reached, it must be submitted to the arbitrator, who shall certify it as final and binding.

      7.  If the parties do not enter into negotiations or do not agree within 30 days after the hearing held pursuant to subsection 3, each of the parties shall submit a single written statement containing its final offer for each of the unresolved issues.

      8.  The arbitrator shall, within 10 days after the final offers are submitted, render a decision on the basis of the criteria set forth in NRS 288.200. The arbitrator shall accept one of the written statements and shall report the decision to the parties. The decision of the arbitrator is final and binding on the parties. Any award of the arbitrator is retroactive to the expiration date of the last contract between the parties.

      9.  The decision of the arbitrator must include a statement:

      (a) Giving the arbitrator’s reason for accepting the final offer that is the basis of the arbitrator’s award; and

      (b) Specifying the arbitrator’s estimate of the total cost of the award.

      10.  Within 45 days after the receipt of the decision from the arbitrator, the board of trustees of the school district or the governing body of the local school precinct, as applicable, shall hold a public meeting in accordance with the provisions of chapter 241 of NRS. The meeting must include a discussion of:

      (a) The issues submitted pursuant to subsection 2;

      (b) The statement of the arbitrator pursuant to subsection 9; and

      (c) The overall fiscal impact of the decision which must not include a discussion of the details of the decision.

Ê The arbitrator must not be asked to discuss the decision during the meeting.

      11.  The superintendent of the school district or the executive head of the local school precinct shall report to the board of trustees or the governing body of the local school precinct, as applicable, the fiscal impact of the decision. The report must include, without limitation, an analysis of the impact of the decision on compensation and reimbursement, funding, benefits, hours, working conditions or other terms and conditions of employment.

      12.  As used in this section:

      (a) “Educational support personnel” means all classified employees of a school district, other than teachers, who are represented by an employee organization.

      (b) “Teacher” means an employee of a school district who is licensed to teach in this State and who is represented by an employee organization.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3847 (Chapter 543, AB 394)ê

 

      Sec. 21.  As used in sections 21 to 29, inclusive, of this act, unless the context otherwise requires, the words and terms defined in sections 22, 23 and 24 of this act have the meanings ascribed to them in those sections.

      Sec. 22.  “Advisory committee” means the advisory committee created by section 25 of this act.

      Sec. 23.  “Plan” means the plan required by paragraph (a) of subsection 1 of section 25 of this act.

      Sec. 24.  “Technical advisory committee” means the technical advisory committee created by section 26 of this act.

      Sec. 24.5.  The Legislature hereby finds and declares that a general law cannot be made applicable to the purposes, objects, powers, rights, privileges, immunities, liabilities, duties and disabilities provided in sections 21 to 29, inclusive, of this act because of the number of atypical factors and special conditions relating to the Clark County School District.

      Sec. 25.  1.  There is hereby created an advisory committee to:

      (a) Develop a plan and recommendations to reorganize the Clark County School District into local school precincts not later than the 2018-2019 school year.

      (b) Study the distribution of federal, state and local funds and the impact of local school precincts on public school financing.

      2.  The advisory committee consists of nine members appointed as follows:

      (a) Four members of the Senate who are elected from districts which include any area located within Clark County, two of whom are appointed by the Majority Leader of the Senate and two of whom are appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate.

      (b) Four members of the Assembly who are elected from districts which include any area located within Clark County, two of whom are appointed by the Speaker of the Assembly and two of whom are appointed by the Minority Leader of the Assembly.

      (c) One Legislator appointed by the Legislative Commission who is elected from a district which includes any area located within Clark County.

      3.  At the first meeting of the advisory committee, the advisory committee shall elect a Chair and a Vice Chair from among its members.

      4.  A majority of the members of the advisory committee constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business, and a majority of those members present at any meeting is sufficient for any official action taken by the advisory committee.

      5.  A vacancy in the membership of the advisory committee must be filled in the same manner as the original appointment.

      6.  Members of the advisory committee serve without compensation, except that a member is entitled, while engaged in the business of the advisory committee, to receive the per diem allowance and travel expenses provided for state officers and employees generally.

      Sec. 26.  1.  To assist the advisory committee with technical expertise, input, advice and assistance, a technical advisory committee is hereby created consisting of the following members:

      (a) One member appointed by the governing body of each incorporated city located within Clark County.

      (b) One member appointed by the Governor.

      (c) One member appointed by the State Board of Education.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3848 (Chapter 543, AB 394)ê

 

      (d) One member appointed by the Board of Trustees of the Clark County School District.

      (e) One member appointed by the Board of County Commissioners of Clark County.

      (f) One member appointed by the Legislative Commission from a list of recommendations made by the Clark County Education Association.

      (g) One member appointed by the Legislative Commission from a list of recommendations made by the Urban Chamber of Commerce.

      (h) One member appointed by the Legislative Commission from a list of recommendations made by the Latin Chamber of Commerce, Nevada Inc.

      (i) One member who is a parent or guardian of a pupil enrolled in the Clark County School District appointed by the Legislative Commission from a list of recommendations made by the Nevada Parent Teacher Association.

      (j) One member appointed by the Legislative Commission from a list of recommendations made by the Las Vegas Asian Chamber of Commerce.

      (k) Any other persons who have knowledge, experience or expertise in the matters before the advisory committee, appointed by the Chair of the advisory committee.

      2.  At the first meeting of the technical advisory committee, the technical advisory committee shall elect a Chair and a Vice Chair from among its members.

      3.  The members of the technical advisory committee serve without compensation, except that a member is entitled, while engaged in the business of the technical advisory committee, to receive the per diem allowance and travel expenses provided for state officers and employees generally.

      Sec. 27.  1.  The advisory committee shall, in consultation with the technical advisory committee and to the extent money is available pursuant to subsection 2 and from any gifts or grants received for this purpose:

      (a) Contract with a qualified independent consultant to perform a study and assist the advisory committee with:

             (1) Developing the plan required by paragraph (a) of subsection 1 of section 25 of this act; and

             (2) Studying the distribution of federal, state and local funds and the impact of local school precincts on public school financing.

      (b) As soon as practicable, establish benchmarks that must be met within the Clark County School District to ensure that the plan may be implemented not later than the 2018-2019 school year.

      2.  The advisory committee may request approval from the Interim Finance Committee for an allocation of money to conduct the plan and the study required pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 1.

      3.  The plan and the study conducted pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 1 must be completed on or before January 1, 2017.

      4.  In developing the plan to reorganize the Clark County School District, the advisory committee must:

      (a) Ensure equity in the reorganization of the Clark County School District with respect to the Nevada Plan.

      (b) Take into consideration:

             (1) The contiguous boundaries of each proposed local school precinct.

             (2) The allocation, dedication and transfer of any revenue to a local school precinct that may be dedicated to capital projects and improvements for schools and school facilities, school programs, pupils or other costs directly incidental to the operation, management and administration of the local school precinct.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3849 (Chapter 543, AB 394)ê

 

for schools and school facilities, school programs, pupils or other costs directly incidental to the operation, management and administration of the local school precinct.

             (3) The authority to issue bonds or otherwise raise revenue.

             (4) The application for and receipt of any grant, gift or bequest.

             (5) The creation and administration of accounts to manage any money received by a local school precinct.

             (6) The transfer of any interest in real or personal property, including, without limitation, lease agreements.

             (7) Precinct planning and management, including, without limitation, financial planning for school programs, pupil funding and capital projects and improvements.

             (8) Administrative support, including, without limitation, accounting, data processing, payroll and purchasing agreements.

             (9) The liability of a local school precinct with respect to any duties and obligations of the Board of Trustees of the Clark County School District which will be assumed by the governing body of a precinct.

             (10) The civil and administrative liability of a local school precinct and its employees.

             (11) Interlocal agreements between a local school precinct and a state, county or regional planning authority.

             (12) Staffing, including, without limitation, the transfer, reassignment or hiring of personnel.

             (13) Employment contracts and collective bargaining.

             (14) Employee and pupil safety.

             (15) The maintenance of schools, school facilities and school grounds.

             (16) Transportation.

             (17) Interscholastic athletics and activities.

             (18) Curriculum.

             (19) The provision of services and education to pupils:

                   (I) Who have limited proficiency in the English language.

                   (II) Who are eligible for free or reduced-price lunches pursuant to 42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq.

                   (III) With disabilities.

             (20) The composition of the governing body for each local school precinct and the compensation, if any, of the members of a governing body.

      (c) Ensure that the Clark County School District is funded in accordance with the Nevada Plan and that such funding is distributed on a per pupil basis among the local school precincts created by the plan.

      (d) Authorize one or more local school precincts to consider and agree with the Clark County School District to share in any bonding capacity of the District and to otherwise raise revenue.

      5.  As used in this section, “Nevada Plan” means the formula created for providing state financial aid to public education prescribed in NRS 387.121.

      Sec. 28.  1.  Upon completion of the preliminary findings and the proposed plan prepared pursuant to subparagraph (1) of paragraph (a) of subsection 1 of section 27 of this act, the Board of County Commissioners of Clark County shall conduct not less than six public meetings. Not less than one of the public meetings conducted pursuant to this section must be held in an unincorporated area of Clark County.

 


…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

ê2015 Statutes of Nevada, Page 3850 (Chapter 543, AB 394)ê

 

      2.  At each public meeting conducted pursuant to this section, the advisory committee and the consultant retained pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 1 of section 27 of this act shall present the preliminary findings and the proposed plan prepared pursuant to subparagraph (1) of paragraph (a) of subsection 1 of section 27 of this act for the purpose of receiving public comment and input.

      3.  Upon completion of the public meetings conducted pursuant to this section, the advisory committee shall:

      (a) Revise the proposed plan, as necessary;

      (b) File the proposed plan with the State Board of Education and the Board of Trustees of the Clark County School District; and

      (c) Submit a copy of the proposed plan to the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmittal to the 79th Session of the Nevada Legislature.

      4.  The State Board of Education shall adopt regulations necessary and appropriate to effectuate the implementation of the proposed plan not later than the 2018-2019 school year. The plan must not be implemented until the regulations are adopted and become effective.

      Sec. 28.3.  Upon notice from the State Board of Education that the plan developed pursuant to sections 21 to 29, inclusive, of this act has been implemented, the Governor shall issue a proclamation to that effect.

      Sec. 28.5.  The advisory committee shall submit a report of the results of the study required by paragraph (b) of subsection 1 of section 25 of this act and any recommendations for legislation to the Director of the Legislative Counsel Bureau for transmittal to the 79th Session of the Nevada Legislature.

      Sec. 29.  The members of the advisory committee and the technical advisory committee must be appointed on or before January 1, 2016. The Chair of the advisory committee shall convene the first meeting of the technical advisory committee.

      Sec. 30.  1.  This section and sections 20.1, 20.2 and 21 to 29, inclusive, of this act become effective on July 1, 2015.

      2.  Sections 20.3 to 20.9, inclusive, of this act become effective upon the issuance of the proclamation by the Governor pursuant to section 28.3 of this act.

________

 

Link to Page 3851